HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide
HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 - SAN Switch Manual
View all HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 manuals
Add to My Manuals
Save this manual to your list of manuals |
HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 manual content summary:
- HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 1
Version: 3.1.x and 4.1.x Third Edition (June 2003) Part Number: AA-RS24C-TE This reference guide provides a detailed description of the Fabric OS commands. Although this guide is primarily about 4.1.x, it also covers 3.1.x that runs on the StorageWorks SAN Switch 2/16, 2/16 power pak, 2/8-EL, and - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 2
herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of weave logo, Brocade: the Intelligent Platform for Networking Storage, SilkWorm, and SilkWorm Express, are trademarks or registered Guide Third Edition (June 2003) Part Number: AA-RS24C-TE - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 3
contents Contents About this Guide 15 Overview 16 Intended Audience 16 Related Documentation 16 Conventions 17 Document Conventions 17 Text Symbols 17 Getting Help 19 HP Technical Support 19 HP Storage Website 19 HP Authorized Reseller 20 1 Fabric OS Commands 21 agtcfgDefault 22 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 4
121 chassisName 123 chassisShow 125 chippropshow 128 chipregshow 130 cmemRetentionTest 132 cmiTest 135 configDefault 139 configDownload 141 configShow 144 configUpload 147 configure 150 crossPortTest 163 dataTypeShow 172 date 174 dbgshow 177 4 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 5
232 errShow 233 exit 239 fabportshow 240 fabretryshow 243 fabricprincipal 245 fabricShow 247 fabstateclear 249 fabstateshow 250 fabStatsShow 252 fabswitchshow 254 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 5 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 6
fwConfigure 318 fwFruCfg 323 fwHelp 325 fwMailCfg 327 fwsamshow 330 fwSetToCustom 332 fwSetToDefault 333 fwShow 334 gbicShow 338 h 341 haDisable 343 6 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 7
402 licenseShow 404 linkCost 406 login 409 logout 410 loopPortTest 412 LSDbShow 418 mcastShow 422 memshow 424 mscapabilityshow 426 msConfigure 429 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 7 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 8
492 perfCfgRestore 494 perfCfgSave 496 perfcleareemonitor 498 perfclearfiltermonitor 500 perfClrAlpaCrc 502 perfDelEEMonitor 504 perfDelFilterMonitor 506 perfHelp 508 perfSetPortEEMask 510 perfShowAlpaCrc 513 8 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 9
579 portlogpdisc 581 portLogShow 582 portlogshowport 585 portLoopbackTest 587 portname 592 portPerfShow 594 portRegTest 596 portRouteShow 600 portShow 603 portstatsclear 607 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 9 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 10
qlStatsShow 670 quietMode 672 ramTest 674 reboot 677 routeHelp 679 savecore 681 secfabricshow 683 secfcsfailover 685 sechelp 687 secmodedisable 689 10 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 11
760 slotOn 761 slotpoweroff 762 slotpoweron 763 slotShow 764 snmpMibCapSet 766 spinFab 768 spinSilk 775 sramRetentionTest 784 snn 787 statsTest 789 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 11 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 12
850 trackChangesHelp 853 trackChangesSet 854 trackChangesShow 856 trunkDebug 857 trunkShow 859 tsclockserver 861 tshelp 863 tstimezone 864 turboRamTest 866 txdpathtest 870 uptime 873 uRouteConfig 875 12 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 13
Fabric OS Version Comparison 911 Command Differences Between Versions 912 4 Fabric and Switch Management 927 Overview 928 User Access Level 929 Fabric OS Command Line Interface 930 Web Tools 931 Fabric Exclusive to the Primary FCS 942 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 13 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 14
Fabric Assist Mode Commands 902 20 Extended Fabric Command 903 21 Fabric Watch Commands 904 22 Trunking Commands 905 23 Performance Monitoring Commands 906 24 Secure Fabric OS Commands 908 25 Fabric OS Command Version Support 912 26 StorageWorks Core switch User Access Maximum Sessions 929 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 15
reference guidAe bproovuidetstihnfiosrmGatiounitdo ehelp you: ■ Understand and use FaAbbroiuct OthiSs Gcuoidme mands ■ Manage a switch or fabric ■ Contact technical support for additional assistance "About this Guide" topics include: ■ Overview, page 16 ■ Conventions, page 17 ■ Getting Help, page 19 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 16
Documents section of the Release Notes that came with your switch. For the latest information, documentation, and firmware releases, please visit the following StorageWorks website: http://www.hp.com/country/us/eng/ prodserv/storage.html For information about Fibre Channel standards, visit the Fibre - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 17
and dialog box titles File names, application names, and text emphasis User input, command and directory names, and system responses (output and > Blue, underlined sans serif font text: http://www.hp.com Text Symbols The following symbols may be found in the text of this guide. They have the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 18
About this Guide Note: Text set off in this manner presents commentary, sidelights, or interesting points of information. 18 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 19
available before calling: ■ Firmware version running on the switch ■ A printed output of the switchshow command from the problem switch. ■ A configuration diagram showing hardware interconnections. ■ Technical support registration number (if applicable) ■ Product serial numbers ■ Product model names - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 20
Guide HP Authorized Reseller For the name of your nearest HP authorized reseller: ■ In the United States, call 1-800-345-1518 ■ In Canada, call 1-800-263-5868 ■ Elsewhere, see the HP website for locations and telephone numbers: http://www.hp.com. 20 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 21
Fabric OS Commands 1 This chapter lists the Fabric OS commands. It also shows their syntax and operands, and provides examples of their usage. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 21 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 22
Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to reset the configuration of the SNMP agent to default values. Note: In the StorageWorks Core switch, there is one SNMP agent per logical switch. This command is specific to the logical switch you are logged into. The following values are - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 23
, the SNMP trap, swEventTrap, is sent to configured trap recipients. By default, this value is set , is transmitted to a configured trap recipient in the event six communities and respective trap recipients supported by the agent. The first in the switch, the administrator must configure a trap - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 24
, and verify they were set: switch:admin> agtcfgDefault ***** This command will reset the agent's configuration back to factory default ***** Current SNMP Agent Configuration Customizable MIB-II system variables: sysDescr = Fibre Channel Switch. sysLocation = End User Premise sysContact = sweng - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 25
1: No access host configured yet Entry 2: No access host configured yet Entry 3: No access host configured yet Entry 4: No access host configured yet Entry 5: No access host configured yet switch:admin> See Also agtcfgSet agtcfgShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide agtcfgDefault 25 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 26
: sysDescr sysLocation sysContact The system description. The default value is Fibre Channel Switch. The location of the system. The default value is End User Premise. The contact information for the system. The default value is Field Support. 26 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 27
SNMP trap, swEventTrap, is sent to configured trap recipients. By default, this transmitted to a configured trap recipient in and respective trap recipients supported by the agent. administrator must configure a trap connecting host is enabled as "192.168.64.xx." All Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 28
the Access Control List feature is incorporated into the WSNMP and RSNMP security policies. Community strings can be changed on the primary FCS switch only and will propagate changes across the fabric. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. 28 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 29
Switch] sysLocation: [End User Premise] sysContact: [Field Support.] swEventTrapLevel: (0..5) [3] authTrapsEnabled (true, t, false, f): [true] SNMP community and trap recipient configuration , f): [true] Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 29 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 30
Switch] sysLocation: [End User Premise] sysContact: [Field Support.] swEventTrapLevel: (0..5) [3] authTrapsEnabled (true, t, false, f): [true] SNMP community and trap recipient configuration SNMP access list configuration: Access host Switch. sysLocation = End User Premise sysContact = Field Support - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 31
Entry 2: No access host configured yet Entry 3: No access host configured yet Entry 4: No access host configured yet Entry 5: No access host configured yet Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> See Also agtcfgDefault agtcfgShow agtcfgSet Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 31 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 32
OS Commands agtcfgShow Displays the SNMP agent configuration. Synopsis agtcfgShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the configuration of the SNMP agent in the switch. Note: In the StorageWorks Core switch, there is one SNMP agent per - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 33
the SNMP trap, swEventTrap, is sent to configured trap recipients. By default, this value is set , is transmitted to a configured trap recipient in the event six communities and respective trap recipients supported by the agent. The first agent, the administrator must configure a trap recipient value - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 34
hosts that start with the specified octets. The connecting host is enabled as "192.168.64.xx," where xx is any number from 0 to 99. All ACL entries also security policies. Community strings can be changed on the primary FCS switch only and will propagate changes across the fabric. See "Security - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 35
Example To display SNMP agent configuration information: switch:admin> agtcfgShow Current SNMP Agent Configuration Customizable MIB-II system variables: sysDescr = FC Switch sysLocation = End User Premise sysContact = Field Support. swEventTrapLevel = 3 authTraps = 1 (ON) SNMPv1 community and trap - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 36
Specify the port ID (in hexadecimal) to be deleted from an alias group. This operand is required. Example To delete a port from an existing group: switch:admin> aliasdelete 0x19c00 aliasDelete: succeeded 36 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 37
Exit Status 0 Non Zero See Also aliasJoin aliasShow fabricShow switchShow Indicates successful operation. Indicates that the operation has failed. aliasDelete Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 37 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 38
part of a group. An N_Port can be added from any switch that is part of the fabric. This command is interactive, and prompts you to enter data to create or add to the alias group. To get a list of online ports currently defined in the fabric use the nsAllShow command. If the user - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 39
. switch:admin> aliasJoin aliasJoin: To add ports to an existing or new multicast group Number of ports in the group: (1..64) [1] To set an authorization password? (yes, y, no, n): [no] no password Setting . Indicates that the operation has failed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 39 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 40
: groupID Specify in hexadecimal the alias group to be removed. This operand is required. Example To remove an alias group: switch:admin> aliasPurge 0xfffb00 aliasPurge: succeeded Exit Status 0 Non Zero Indicates successful operation. Indicates that the operation has failed. 40 Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 41
See Also aliasJoin aliasShow fabricShow switchShow aliasPurge Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 41 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 42
Fabric OS Commands aliasShow Displays local alias server information. Synopsis aliasShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display local alias of group. A list of member address IDs. 42 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 43
10, 60000010 12000069] {021200 020800} The following example is for V4.1.x: switch:admin> aliasShow AliasID Creator Token [rb, type, grptype, qlfr] Member List 69800228] { 019c00 } The Local Alias Server has 1 entry switch:admin> Exit Status See Also 0 Non Zero fabricShow switchShow Successful - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 44
changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning License. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 45
V4.1.x, a switch domain and port area number pair. View the area numbers for ports using the switchShow command. ■ WWN ■ QuickLoop AL_PAs This operand is required. Example To add members to the following aliases: switch:admin> aliAdd "array2", "1,2" switch:admin> aliAdd "array1"", "21:00:00:20:37 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 46
are automatically assigned to a port by the Fabric OS. You can view the area numbers using the switchShow command. For V4.1.x, this command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must be saved to non-volatile memory using the cfgsave command. For - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 47
be followed by any number of letters, digits, switch domain and physical port number pair. ■ For V4.1.x, a switch domain and port area number pair. View the area numbers numbers. switch:admin> alicreate "array1", "2,32; 2,33; 2,34" switch:admin> alicreate "array2", "21:00:00:20:37:0c:66:23' switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 48
Fabric OS Commands See Also aliAdd aliDelete aliRemove aliShow 48 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 49
Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to delete a zone alias. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must be saved to non-volatile memory using the cfgSave command. For the change to become effective - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 50
Fabric OS Commands Example To delete the zone alias array2: switch:admin> aliDelete "array2"" See Also aliAdd aliCreate aliRemove aliShow 50 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 51
zone configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning License. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 51 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 52
■ For V3.1.x, a switch domain and physical port number pair. ■ For V4.1.x, a switch domain and port area number pair. View the area numbers for ports using the from "array1": switch:admin> aliRemove "array1", "3,5" switch:admin> aliRemove "array1", "21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:8c" switch:admin> aliRemove " - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 53
"pattern" Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display zone configuration information. If a pattern to match zone alias names; those that match in the defined configuration are displayed. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning License. When - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 54
0. This operand is optional. If no parameters are specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) is displayed. See cfgShow for a aliases beginning with "arr": switch:admin> aliShow "arr*" alias: array1 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:8c alias: array2 21:00:00:20:37:0c:66:23 See - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 55
of the blades through the backend external ports. This command is for the StorageWorks Core switch only. This command is not part of blade diagnostics; it is used to verify backplane connection by using the blade's frame transmitter/receiver features. When this test is run, no other diagnostic - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 56
not ■ 5 word not ■ 6 quad not ■ 7 byte ramp ■ 8 word ramp ■ 9 quad ramp ■ 10 byte lfsr ■ 11 random ■ 12 crpat ■ 13 cspat ■ 14 chalf sq ■ 15 cqtr sq ■ 16 rdram pat ■ 17 jCRPAT (default) ■ 18 jCJTPAT ■ 19 jCSPAT Specify a 0. This operand is optional. 56 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 57
connections on a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> backplanetest -ports 1/16, 18, 20 -payload 2048 -verbose 1 Running Backplane Conn Test ..... Checking for ports segmented Test frame info for Backplane Connection , 0 min & 5 sec (0:0:5:429). switch:admin> Errors See Also When this command - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 58
other user port. If a valid path does not exist between any two user ports then that path will fail to transmit the first frame between the two ports. ■ Proper VC mapping such that an arbitrarily large number of test is not as exhaustive as spinFab. 58 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 59
lb_mode mode -fr_type type Specify the number of frame sequences to send. The default value is 100. Specify a list of user ports. The default value is all user ports. Specify the loopback mode for 0 single frame 1 spinFab frames 2 spinFab 1K frames Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 59 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 60
of the external connections with only (K*N) switch:admin> Errors When the command detects failures, the test may report one or more of the following error messages: 0x3a INIT 0x28 ERR_STAT 0x29 XMIT 0x2c PORT_DIED 0x2e PORT_STOPPED 0x38 ERR_STATS 60 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 61
See Also crossporttest portloopbacktest spinsilk spinfab backPort Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 61 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 62
an alternate backspace character. Synopsis backSpace [mode] Availability All users (display). Admin (modify). Release V3.1.x Description This to DEL: switch:admin> backSpace BackSpace character is BACKSPACE (hex 08) switch:admin> backSpace 1 Committing configuration...done. BackSpace - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 63
on the local switch. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed whenever a user tries to log into a switch. The banner can has the following operand: banner Specify a text string to be displayed when a user logs in. If you enter the banner text using the banner operand, the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 64
:admin> bannerset "my banner" Please input context of security banner (press "." RETURN at the beginning of a newline to finish input): Do not log into this switch if you are not an authorized administrator. . switch:admin> See Also bannershow 64 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 65
this command to display the contents of the banner. Operands None. Examples To display the banner for a switch: switch:admin> bannershow Banner: Do not log into this switch if you are not an authorized administrator. switch:admin> See Also bannerset Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 66
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the broadcast routing information for all ports in the switch the E_Ports that are part of the broadcast distribution HP StorageWorks Fabric Operating System Procedures Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. 66 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 67
: switch:admin> bcastShow Group Member Ports Member ISL Ports Static ISL Ports 256 0x00012083 0x00002080 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 switch:admin> See Also mcastShow portRouteShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 67 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 68
to disable beaconing. Note: This command is only available on the StorageWorks Core switch. When beaconing mode is enabled, the port LEDs will flash amber user turns it off. This can be used to locate a physical unit. Beaconing mode only takes over the port LEDs, it does not change the switch Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 69
This command has the following operands: slotnumber mode Specify the slot number on which to enable bladeBeacon. Specify a value of 1 to slot 2 beaconing mode ON and then OFF: switch:admin> bladeBeacon 2 1 switch:admin> bladeBeacon 2 1 See Also switchShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 70
logfile] Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to run a suite of diagnostics tests on the specified switch blade. To run this command, you must install loopback plugs on every port. The tests executed are: ■ portregtest ■ centralmemorytest ■ cmitest ■ camtest ■ filtertest ■ statstest - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 71
connections. This command has the following operands: [--slot] slotno -log logfile Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches run a suite of diagnostics on blade 1: switch:admin> bladediag --slot 1 Testing slot: 1, user ports: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Reference Guide 71 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 72
Fabric OS Commands To run a suite of diagnostics: switch:admin> bladediag --slot 1 Testing slot: 1, user ports: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ...... PortRegTest Running Port Register Test .... passed. Test Complete: "portregtest spinsilk statstest txdpath 72 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 73
Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to run a suite of diagnostics tests on the specified switch blade. To run this command you must install loopback plugs on every port. The tests executed are: ■ portregtest ■ centralmemorytest ■ cmitest ■ camtest ■ filtertest ■ statstest - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 74
connections. This command has the following operands: [--slot] slotno -log logfile Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must , no log file is created. 74 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 75
Test return status: 0 To run a suite of diagnostics on blade 1: switch:admin> switchdiagshort Testing user ports: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ...... PortRegTest Running Port . Test return status: 0 bladeDiagShort Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 75 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 76
Fabric OS Commands See Also backport bladediag camtest centralmemorytest cmitest crossporttest diagshow filtertest portloopbacktest portregtest spinsilk statstest txdpath 76 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 77
the switch was connected to a Fabric through this blade, the remaining switches reconfigure, and this switch will configure switch is disabled. Operands This command has the following operand: [slotnumber] Specify the slot number to be disabled. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 78
Fabric OS Commands Example Disable a blade in slot 2: switch:admin> bladedisable 2 See Also switchshow bladeenable portdisable protenable 78 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 79
POST are enabled. These ports may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. The switch may need to be enabled if it was previously disabled to make configuration changes or to run diagnostics. If the switch is connected to a Fabric, it rejoins the Fabric. After this - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 80
Fabric OS Commands Example Enable a blade in slot 2: switch:admin> bladeenable 2 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fabric Principal switch See Also switchshow bladedisable portdisable portenable 80 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 81
users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the properties of a blade. Operands This command has the following operand: -slot slot Specify the slot number of the blade you want to run diagnostics on. Example To display the blade properties for blade 7: switch Guide 81 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 82
Fabric OS Commands See Also chippropshow ptpropshow 82 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 83
Admin Release V3.1.x Description Use this command to display the serial number. Note: To display the serial number for a component in V4.1.x, use the chassisshow command. Operands None. Examples To display the serial number: switch:admin> bsn FT00X800506 See Also ssn Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 84
) SID translation. Synopsis: V3.1.x camtest [passcnt] Synopsis: V4.1.x camtest [--slot number][-passcnt count][-txport itemlist] Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this transmitted is received translated with the 84 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 85
switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchDisable command. Operands This command has the following operand: passcnt (V3.1.x only) --slot number to this slot number. The default is set to 0 and is designed to operate on fixed port count products. Specify the number of times to - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 86
.1.x DIAG-CAMFLTR DIAG-CAMINIT DIAG-CAMSID DIAG-CAMSTAT DIAG-CAMXMIT centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest itemlist portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest 86 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 87
datatype, dataseed] Synopsis: V4.1.x centralmemorytest [--slot number][-passcnt count][-datatype type][-ports itemlist][-seed value] Memory. Note: This command cannot be executed on an enabled switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchDisable command. Note: Subtest 3 is not - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 88
ASIC. Once replaced, the BIST is executed again. The firmware merely sets up the hardware for the BISR/BIST operation and ramp pattern D to all SRAMs in all ASICs in the switch. When all SRAMs are written with pattern D, the SRAMs , 0xfffae107, ... 88 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 89
on the main board connecting all the ASICs to each other. Note: Subtest 3 is not available on 2 G based switches. The test method is hardware such that each ASIC is read by all of the MAX number of ports in the switch. Data received is compared against the frame written into the ASIC. Guide 89 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 90
bits of all ASICs. 2. Set up the hardware so that transmission of data includes a bad buffer number. 3. For each ASIC X in the switch, do: For each of the 11 possible offsets, do: a. Write a 64 byte pattern in the for the next offset to test. 90 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 91
buffer number. 3. For each ASIC X in the switch, do supported data patterns, run the dataTypeShow command. Some common settings are: ■ 1 Byte fill pattern. ■ 2 Word fill pattern. ■ 3 Quad fill pattern. ■ 9 Quad ramp (Addr=Data) pattern. ■ 11 Random data. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 92
number that the diagnostic will operate on. The ports specified will be relative to this slot number number of test passes to run. By default the test will be run one time. Specify the type of data pattern to use. By default, type 9, QUAD_RAMP is used. For a complete list of supported switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 93
centralMemoryTest To test the ASIC central memory in V4.1.x: switch:admin> centralmemorytest -ports 1/0-1/15 Running centralmemorytest passed. Test Complete: "centralmemorytest" Pass 1 DIAG-TIMEOUT 2) DIAG-BADINT 3) DIAG-CMERRTYPE 4) DIAG-CMERRPTN Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 93 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 94
Subtest 5 BAD_INT CM_ERR_PTN CM_ERR_TYPE TIMEOUT Subtest 6 BAD_INT CM_ERR_PTN CM_ERR_TYPE TIMEOUT camtest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest filtertest portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest 94 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 95
when a specified zone configuration is enabled. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 95 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 96
Fabric OS Commands Example To show the Effective zone configuration information: switch:admin> cfgactvshow Effective configuration: cfg: c4 zone: z3 33:07:06:05:04:03:02:01 zone: z4 44:01:23:45:67:89:a0:bc switch:admin> See Also cfgclear cfgcreate cfgdelete cfgremove cfgsave cfgshow 96 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 97
zone configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 97 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 98
Specify a zone member or a list of zone members to be added to the configuration, in quotation marks, separated by semicolons. Members can be specified in one or more required. Example To add two new zones to the configuration "Test_cfg": switch:admin> cfgAdd "Test_cfg", "redzone; bluezone" See - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 99
buffer using the cfgClear command, use the cfgDisable command to commit the transaction, and disable and clear the zone configuration in non-volatile memory for all the switches in the fabric, across reboots. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 100
OS Commands Example To clear all zones, and then clear non-volatile memory: switch:admin> cfgClear Do you really want to clear all configurations? (Yes, y, no, n): [no] yes switch:admin> cfgdisable See Also cfgAdd cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgShow cfgTransAbort - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 101
configuration. A zone configuration name must begin with a letter and can be followed by any number of letters, numbers the Defined Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 101 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 102
required. Specify a member or list of members to be added to zone configuration, in quotation marks, separated by semicolons. Members can be specified in one This operand is required. Example To create a configuration containing three zones: switch:admin> cfgCreate "Test_cfg", "redzone; bluezone; - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 103
zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to become effective, an appropriate zone configuration must FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands This command has the following operand: cfgName Specify the name of zone configuration to be - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 104
Fabric OS Commands Example To delete a zone configuration: switch:admin> cfgDelete "Test_cfg" See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgShow cfgTransAbort cfgtransshow 104 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 105
where all devices see each other. It also commits the zone configuration in the transaction buffer to volatile and non-volatile memory. This command ends and commits the current zoning transaction. If a transaction is open on a different switch in the fabric when this command is run, the transaction - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 106
Fabric OS Commands Example To disable the current zone configuration: switch:admin> cfgDisable Updating flash... switch:admin> See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgShow cfgTransAbort cfgtransshow 106 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 107
is displayed on the other switch notifying the transaction abort. For V3.1.x, this command changes the Effective Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must be saved to non-volatile memory using the cfgSave command. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 107 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 108
required. Example To enable the zone configuration "Test_cfg": switch:admin> cfgEnable "Test_cfg" zone config "Test_cfg" is in effect See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgDisable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgShow cfgTransAbort cfgtransshow 108 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 109
zone configuration must be enabled using the cfgenable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 109 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 110
a name of a zone configuration, in quotation marks. Specify one or more members to be deleted from the zone configuration, in quotation marks, separated operand is required. Example To remove a zone from a configuration: switch:admin> cfgRemove "Test_cfg", "redzone" See Also cfgAdd cfgClear - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 111
to save the current zone configuration. The defined configuration and the name of the enabled configuration are written to non-volatile memory in all switches in the fabric. The saved configuration is automatically reloaded by the switch on power up and, if a configuration was in effect at the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 112
Fabric OS Commands Operands None. Example To enable a zone configuration, then save it: switch:admin> cfgEnable "Test_cfg" zone config "Test_cfg" is in effect switch:admin> cfgSave Updating flash... See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 113
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display zone configuration information. If no operand is specified, all zone configuration configuration names in the defined configuration; those that match the pattern are displayed. The Defined configuration zone configurations - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 114
only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page in quotation marks used to match zone configuration names. This operand must be in expression used to match zone configuration names. The pattern must be zone configuration configurations that start with "Test": switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 115
:00:20:37:0c:76:22 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:28 zone: Red_zone 1,0 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:85 21:00:00:20:37:0c:71:df To show only configuration names: switch:admin> cfgshow * cfg: a_cfg1 zone1; zone2 cfg: b_cfg2 zone1; zone2; zone3 switch:admin> cfgShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 115 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 116
Fabric OS Commands See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgTransAbort cfgtransshow 116 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 117
the zone database. Synopsis cfgsize [integer] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command configurations. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 118
configurations. This size is in kilobytes. This operand is optional. Example To display size details of the Defined configuration: switch :admin> cfgsize Zone DB max size - 98232 bytes committed - 8812 transaction - 0 switch:admin> cfgsize 1 Zone DB flash size - 96 KB switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 119
without committing it. All changes made since the transaction was started will be removed and the zone configuration database restored to the state before the transaction was started. If a transaction is open on a different switch in the fabric when this command is run, the transaction on the other - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 120
:admin> cfgtransshow Current transaction token is 271010736 It is abortable switch:admin> cfgtransabort Warning: Current Zoning Transaction was aborted. Reason code = User Command switch:admin> See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgShow cfgtransshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 121
information about current zoning transaction. Synopsis cfgtransshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 122
configurations... switch:admin> cfgtransshow Current transaction token is 271010736 It is abortable switch:admin> (yes, y, no, n): [no] y See Also cfgAdd cfgClear cfgCreate cfgDelete cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgRemove cfgSave cfgShow cfgTransAbort 122 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 123
StorageWorks Core switch. Synopsis chassisName [name] Availability All users (display). Admin (set). Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to change the name associated with the chassis of a StorageWorks Core switch. In the StorageWorks Core switch 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 123 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 124
Fabric OS Commands Example The following command changes the chassis's name to "SW12K": switch:admin> chassisname Silkworm12000 switch:admin> chassisname SW12K switch:admin> chassisname SW12K switch:admin> See Also switchName 124 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 125
All users. Release switch), CP BLADE (control processor), WWN (World Wide Name), or UNKNOWN; and Slot (for blades), Unit (for everything else). If the FRU is part of an assembly, a brief description in parentheses will be displayed. 2. This line displays the FRU header version number - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 126
): ID: 11. This line displays the externally supplied part number (up to 20 characters): Part Num: 12. This line displays the externally supplied serial number (up to 20 characters): Serial Num: 13. This line displays the externally supplied - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 127
: Time Alive: Time Awake: ID: Part Num: Serial Num: 1 1000 60-0001536-02to stop A013450700 Day: 14 Month: 6 Year: 2001 Day: 15 Month: 7 Year: 2001 50 days 16 days 555-374757 238-298-12360 1234567 See Also slotShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide chassisShow 127 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 128
All users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the ASIC chip property contents for the specified chip on the specified blade slot. Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber chip -all Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 129
chippropshow Example To view the chip properties on blade 2: switch:admin> chispwpirtocphs:haodwmi2n>-aclhlippropshow 7 -all Looking for chip 0 chip: 0 [1657/0001,0104,2/8] Slot: 2 minis: 3 chip: 1 [1657/0001,0104,2/8] switch:admin> See Also ptpropshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 130
a given chip number. Synopsis chipregshow [slotnumber/]chip [filter] Availability All users. Release V4.1.x number of the chip you want to test. Specify the index of the chip within the blade to be displayed. Specify a filter string. 130 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 131
chipregshow Example To display the port registers of chip 1 on blade 2: switch:admin> chipregshow 2/1 Port Registers for Slot: 2 port: 8 0xca6ed000: chip_id 0104 0xca6ed004: 15 1 0000 10bc0000 0066(102) See Also chippropshow ptregshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 131 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 132
cmemRetentionTest [passcount] Synopsis: V4.1.x cmemretentiontest [--slot number][-passcnt count][-datatype type][-ports itemlist][-seed value] This command may not be executed on an enabled switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchDisable command. 132 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 133
number of test passes to run. By default the test will be run one time. Specify the type of data pattern to use. By default, type 9, QUAD_RAMP is used. For a complete list of supported central memory SRAMS: switch:admin> cmemRetentionTest Running CMEM Retention Test ... passed. Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 134
-LCMRS DIAG-LCMTO DIAG-LCMEM ■ For V4.1.x: LCMEM_ERR LCMRS_ERR LCMTO_ERR camTest centralMemoryTest cmiTest crossPortTest datatypeshow itemlist portLoopbackTest ramTest spinSilk sramRetentionTest 134 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 135
Synopsis V4.1.x cmitest [--slot number][-passcnt count][-txports list][-rxports that the multiplexed 4-bit CMI point-to-point connection between two ASICs is OK. It also verifies that is as follows. 1. For each destination ASIC X or Y in the switch, skip ASIC if X = Y. 2. Generate the CMI data D. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 136
Specify a list of ports to transmit data. By default all the ports in the specified slot (--slot number) will be used. See itemlist help pages for further details. This operand is optional. Specify a list Enable all tests This operand is optional. 136 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 137
:admin> cmiTest Running CMI Test passed. To run a CMI test between two ASICs in V4.1.x: switch:admin> cmitest -txports 1/0-1/7 -rxports 1/8-1/15 Running CMI Test Test Complete: "cmitest" Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 -CMINOCAP DIAG-CMISA1 DIAG-INTNIL Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 137 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 138
Fabric OS Commands See Also camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest crossporttest itemlist portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest 138 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 139
configuration Note: See the configure command for more information on default values for configuration parameters. The configDefault command may not be executed on an enabled switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchDisable command. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 140
reboot the system after executing this command. Operands None. Example To restore the system configuration to default values: switch:admin> configDefault Committing Configuration ...done. See Also agtcfgDefault configure switchDisable switchEnable 140 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 141
the switch configuration file from a host system. The configuration file is ASCII text and may have been generated using configUpload, or it may have been created by a user to download specific configuration changes. The download process uses FTP or Remote Shell Server (RSHD). Note: V3.1.x supports - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 142
in the user's home directory on UNIX® hosts, and in the directory where the FTP server is running on Windows® hosts. This operand is optional. Specify a password in quotation marks. This operand is optional. Example To load a backup configuration file from a host system in V3.1.x: switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 143
" Committing configuration...done. download complete If you enter the command with no operands, you are prompted for the appropriate valuesin V4.1.x: switch:admin> configdownload Server Name or IP Address [host]: 11.22.33.44 User Name [None]: user21 File Name [config.txt]: config-switch.txt Password - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 144
Fabric OS Commands configShow Displays system configuration settings. Synopsis configShow ["filter"] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to view the system configuration settings set by the configure command. Operands This command has the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 145
configShow Example To display system configuration settings: switch:admin> configshow Ethernet addresses: 0:60:69:c0:e:88 Nvram datadata: fei(0,0)host:/usr/switch/firmware e=10.32.225.190: fffff000 g=10. 32.224.1 u=user tn=switch Type to continue, Q to stop: diag.postDisable: 0 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 146
Fabric OS Commands See Also agtcfgShow configure diagDisablePost diagEnablePost ipAddrShow licenseShow syslogdIpShow 146 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 147
user for input. The configuration file is written as three sections. The first section contains the switch boot parameters. It has variables such as the switch section contains the zoning configuration parameters. Note: V3.1.x supports FTP and RSHD protocol for configuration uploads. RSHD does not - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 148
the file in the user's home directory on UNIX hosts, and in the directory where the FTP server is running on Windows hosts. This operand is optional. Specify a password in quotation marks. This operand is optional. Example To create a backup file of switch configuration information: swd5:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 149
See Also ■ The user does not have permission on the host ■ The user runs a script that prints something at login ■ The FTP server is not running on the host configDefault configDownload configShow configure configUpload Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 149 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 150
system configuration settings: ■ Fabric parameters ■ Virtual channel settings ■ Zoning operation parameters ■ RSCN transmission mode ■ NS pre-zoning mode ■ Arbitrated Loop parameters ■ System services ■ Portlog events enable Note: For V3.1.x, do not run this command on an operational switch. First - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 151
a number of switches to allow formation of the fabric. The Fabric parameters are as follows: Table 2: Configure Switching Disable Device Probing Suppress Class F Traffic Sync IO Mode (V3.1.x only) Default 1 16 10000 2000 2112 0 0 0 0 Range 1..239 V3.1.x = 1 to 27 V4.1.x = 1 to 16 4000..120000 1000 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 152
data field size specifies the largest possible value, in bytes, and advertises this value to other switches in the fabric during construction of the fabric as well as to other devices when they connect to the fabric. Setting this to a value smaller than 2112 may result in decreased performance. 152 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 153
utilize an address format compatible with StorageWorks SAN switches. Set this mode only if the fabric includes this type of switch. Note: For V4.1.x, the VC Encoded Address Mode parameter can only be modified from the Primary FCS when security is installed and enabled. See "Security Commands" on - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 154
switches in the fabric must have this parameter set the same. In addition to the eight virtual channels used in frame routing priority, support switch enables fine tuning for a specific application, by configuring Channel Setting field follows: 154 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 155
configure VC Priority Specifies the class of frame traffic given priority for a Virtual Channel. Zoning Operation Parameters The Zoning Operation Parameter 0 to enable using Node WWN when specifying nodes in the zone data. The default value is 0. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 155 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 156
default value is 0. Arbitrated Loop Parameters The Arbitrated Loop Setting fields are as follows: Table 4: Configure Command Arbitrated Loop Settings Field Alternate BB Credit? (V4.1.x only) Send FAN frames? Enable is required for TachLite. 156 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 157
failover. System Services The System Services fields are as follows: Table 5: Configure Command System Services Parameters Field rstatd The retrieval of this information is supported by a number of operating systems which support RPC. Most UNIX-based systems (HP-UX, Irix, Linux, Solaris, etc - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 158
information returned includes user login name, the system name, login protocol or type, login time, idle time, and remote login location (if applicable). The retrieval of this information is supported by a number of operating systems which support RPC. On most UNIX-based systems (HP-UX, Irix, Linux - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 159
configure Table 6: Configure Command Portlog Events Parameters (Continued) Field Rx: a frame is received Rx1: a frame is received, class 1 Rx2: a frame is received, class 2 Rx3: a Off On On/Off On On/Off On On/Off On On/Off On On/Off Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 159 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 160
Fabric OS Commands Operands Table 6: Configure Command Portlog Events Parameters (Continued) Field msRemR: inter-sw MS response (V4.1.x only) nsRemQ: inter-sw NS query nsRemR: inter-sw Off On/Off On/Off On/Off On/Off On/Off On/Off On/Off None. 160 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 161
[no] n RSCN Transmission Mode (yes, y, no, n): [no] n Arbitrated Loop parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] n System services (yes, y, no, n): [no] n Portlog events enable (yes, y, no, n): [no] n Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> configure Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 161 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 162
Fabric OS Commands See Also configDefault configShow ifShow ipAddrSet syslogdIp syslogdipshow 162 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 163
number of the switch components connected to a copper port. For complete testing, ports connected should be from different ASICs. Only one frame is transmitted and received at a given time. The port LEDs flicker green rapidly while the test is running. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 164
Transmit frame F via port M. 5. Pick up the frame from its cross connected port N. Complain if port other than N actually received the frame. 6. number of frames transmitted is not equal to the number of frames received. 9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 for all ports present until: a. The number Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 165
operand specified as a value of 1. For example: switch:admin> crossporttest 100, 1 In this mode, crossporttest enables a port to be cable loopbacked to itself (port M is connected to port M) in addition to the cross connection supported (port M is connected to port N). This can be used to isolate - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 166
the switch, set the GBIC mode to 1, and execute crossporttest with -lb_mode 1 activated and the crossporttest would then limit its testing to: ■ Only ports which are stuffed with media, and ■ Ports with media which are properly cable looped back, and ■ Ports are allowed to be connected to itself - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 167
can be used to determine which components of the switch are faulty. It is also possible to use connection ports (port M is connected to port N). Specify the slot number in a StorageWorks Core switch. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number. The StorageWorks Core switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 168
2 External (series) loopback. 3 Silkscreen loopback. 4 Serial link wrapback. 5 Internal (parallel) loopback. Select the speed loopback mode selected. When speed modes 3-6 are used with cables, they must be connected even to odd or the test will fail. 0 - set all ports' speed Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 169
or SFPs installed. Specify 1 to force the test to skip part of the post-test cleanup normally performed. This may be helpful during debug. This parameter should normally be left at the default value of 0. Specify a list of user ports to test. By default all of the user ports in the current switch or - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 170
ERR_STAT_TRUNC FDET_PERR FINISH_MSG_ERR FTPRT_STATUS_ERR INIT LESSN_STATUS_ERR MBUF_STATE_ERR MBUF_STATUS_ERR NO_SEGMENT PORT_ABSENT PORT_DIED PORT_ENABLE PORT_M2M PORT_STOPPED PORT_WRONG RXQ_FRAME_ERR RXQ_RAM_PERR STATS STATS_C3FRX STATS_FRX 170 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 171
See Also STATS_FTX TIMEOUT XMIT camTest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest emitest portLoopbackTest portRegTest ramTest spinSilk sramRetentionTest crossPortTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 171 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 172
commands. Synopsis: V3.1.x dataTypeShow Synopsis: V4.1.x dataTypeShow [-seed value] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Displays sample data streams types used in diagnostic , then a seed value of 0 is used. 172 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 173
Ramp 7 Word Ramp 8 Quad Ramp 9 Byte LFSR 10 Random 11 CRPAT 12 CSPAT 13 CHALF_SQ 14 CQTR_SQ 15 RDRAM_PAT 16 jCRPAT 17 jCJTPAT 18 jCSPAT 19 switch:admin> 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7f 7f See Also centralMemoryTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 173 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 174
users (display) . Admin (set). Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to set the date and time for a switch (unless security mode is enabled). All switches switch operation does not depend on the date and time. A switch switch is forwarded to the Principal switch FCS switch and - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 175
-2069. The date function does not support daylight saving time or time zones. All switches maintain current date and time in non-volatile 12:30:00 2003: switch:admin> date Fri Jan 29 17:01:48 1999 switch:admin> date "0227123003" Thu Feb 27 12:30:00 2003 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 176
Fabric OS Commands See Also errLogShow portLogShow tsclockserver tstimezone uptime 176 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 177
how to use dbgshow to display information about a specific module named NS: switch:admin> dbgshow TRUNK Module TRUNK, debug level = 0, verbose level = 0 switch:admin> dbgshow NS Module NS, debug level = 1, verbose level = 1 switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 177 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 178
Fabric OS Commands See Also setdbg 178 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 179
switch] | -all Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to clear the diagnostic software flag that indicates whether a port is BAD or OK. The current flag settings are displayed by using the diagShow command. This command resets 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 179 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 180
V3.1.x only) -slot slot (V4.1.x only) -switch switch (V4.1.x only) -all (V4.1.x only) . This operand is optional. Specify the logical switch number to operate on. If omitted, then all clear the diag software flag: switch:admin> > diagclearerror 1 0x1bcb (fabos): Switch: 0, Error DIAG-CLEARERR, 3, - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 181
diagCommandShow diagCommandShow Displays a list of diagnostic commands. Synopsis diagCommandShow Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display a list of diagnostic commands. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 181 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 182
diagnostic commands: switch:admin> diagcommandshow and reset blades connected line-speed exerciser spinjitter line-speed jitter measurement crossporttest Cross-connected User Ports LED exerciser filtertest Frame filter diagnostic backplanetest Backplane connection diagnostic switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 183
Power On Self Test (POST) execution at switch reboot. This mode is saved in non-volatile not required for this command to take effect. A switch rebooted without POST enabled issues the following DIAG-POSTSKIPPED error the switch during the power on stage. Operands None. Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 184
Fabric OS Commands Example To disable the POST execution at reboot: switch:admin> diagdisablepost Committing configuration...done. On next reboot, POST will be skipped. switch:admin> See Also diaghelp diagEnablePost 184 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 185
and V4.1.x Description Use this command to enable POST execution at the next switch reboot. This mode is saved in non-volatile memory and POST remains enabled until 2. portregtest 3. centralmemorytest 4. cmitest 5. camtest 6. portloopbacktest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 185 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 186
. Operands None. Example To enable the POST during future power ups: switch:admin> diagenablepost Committing configuration...done. On next reboot, POST will be executed. switch:admin> See Also camtest centralmemorytest cmitest diaghelp diagDisablePost ramtest portloopbacktest portregtest 186 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 187
idle. For proper syntax, see itemlist help page. Specify this operand to display ESD idle ports list. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 187 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 188
Fabric OS Commands Example To add ports 1 through 3 to the ESD Idle port list: switch:admin> diagesdports 1-3 ESD Idle Port list is now 1-3. Config update Succeeded switch:admin> diagesdports -show ESD Idle Port list is 1-3. See Also diaghelp 188 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 189
limit controls the number of failures before certain diagnostics test methods will abort. The normal setting is 1 so that the tests will abort on the first failure. The exact use of this configuration setting depends the current value is displayed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 189 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 190
Fabric OS Commands Example To change the fail limit from 1 to 5: switch:admin> diagfaillimit Fail Limit is 1. switch:admin> diagfaillimit 5 Fail Limit is now 5. Config update Succeeded switch:admin> See Also diaghelp 190 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 191
Synopsis: V3.1.x diagHelp Synopsis: V4.1.x diagHelp [-name command] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display diagnostic command and subtest information and diagnostic error codes if available. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 191 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 192
switch: diagnostic CMI bus connection diagnostic Quickloop CAM Data Retention diagnostic Cross-connected port diagnostic TXA, TXD connection diagnostic Cross-connected line-speed exerciser Clear current portTest snapshot information switch:admin> See Also None. 192 Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 193
operand to display the current loop ID. This operand is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 193 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 194
Fabric OS Commands Example To change the loop id from 125 to 120: switch:admin> diagloopid FL mode Loop ID is 125. switch:admin> diagloopid 120 FL mode Loop ID is now 120. Config update Succeeded switch:admin> See Also diaghelp 194 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 195
this operand to display the current mode. This operand is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 195 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 196
Fabric OS Commands Example To enable print mode messages: switch:admin> diagmodepr -show Diagnostic Print Mode is currently disabled. switch:admin> diagmodepr 1 Config update Succeeded Diagnostic Print Mode is now enabled. switch:admin> See Also diaghelp 196 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 197
reboot to take effect. Post mode modifies the behavior of the diagnostics daemon program to inhibit testing of switch blades when the system is first powered on or a new blade is added. Operands This command has the current value is displayed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 197 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 198
Fabric OS Commands Example To enable and then disable the POST test: switch:admin> diagpost 1 Config update Succeeded Post disable is now 0 (Enabled). san95:admin> diagpost 0 Config update Succeeded Post disable is now 1 (Disabled). See Also diagdisablepost diagenablepost - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 199
operand to display the current mode setting. This operand is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 199 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 200
Commands Example To view the current retry mode value: switch:admin> diagretry -show Diagnostic Retry Mode is currently disabled. switch:admin> diagretry 1 Config update Succeeded Diagnostic Retry Mode is now enabled. switch:admin> See Also diaghelp 200 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 201
to take effect. Operands This command has the following operands: --slot slotnumber script -current Specify which slot number to to update. If this option is not specified at all, then all slots on the switch are setup for burnin. Specify the name of the burnin script to run. Set the name of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 202
OS Commands Example To view the current burn-in settings for a switch: switch:admin> diagsetburnin --slot 1 -current existing script is: /fabos/ /fabos/share/switchess.sh Config update Succeeded switch:admin> See Also diagsetcycle diagstopburnin 202 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 203
left unchanged. If a new value is entered, then its value is updated, and stored in the configuration database for that blade type. It does not require a reboot to take effect. Operands This command has the script parameters to default values. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 203 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 204
and the value should be specified manually in this case. Example To view the parameters for a script: switch:admin> diagsetcycle switchburnin.sh -show - xpt_nframes : 200 20 - bpt_nframes : 20 50 - slk_nmegs : 50 30 - bpt_all_nframes: 30 50 - slk_all_nmegs : 50 switch:admin> See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 205
. For V4.1.x, use this command to display the diagnostics status for the specified list of blade or user ports. The following information is displayed: ■ The state of all ports in the switch based on the results of diagnostic executions since the last reboot. Ports which passed diag testing are - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 206
switch failed centralmemorytest. ■ The total diagnostic frames transmitted and received since last reboot. The sums represent the cumulative number command executes on all slots in the logical switch. This operand is optional. Specify a list of user ports to display. This operand is optional. Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 207
example to display diagnostic status on switch blade 7: switch:admin> diagshow Diagnostics Status: Fri Feb 08 15:25:24 2002 Slot: 1 UPORTS Port BPort Diag Active Speed ...... 0 15 OK UP 2G Auto ...... 1 14 OK UP 2G Auto ...... 2 13 OK UP 2G Auto ...... 3 12 OK UP 2G Auto - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 208
to display the current mode setting. This operand is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. 208 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 209
Example To enable show time mode: switch:admin> diagshowtime Show Time mode is 0 (Disabled). switch:admin> diagshowtime 1 Config update Succeeded Show Time mode is now 1 (Enabled). switch:admin> See Also diaghelp diagshowtime Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 209 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 210
mode must also be disabled. Caution: This mode may not be used by burn-in or POST scripts for multi-bladed products because it is a switch-wide configuration. 210 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 211
is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. Example To enable silkworm mode: switch:admin> diagsilkworm Silkworm mode is 0 (Disabled). switch:admin> diagsilkworm 1 Config update Succeeded Silkworm mode is now 1 (Enabled). san95:admin> See Also diaghelp Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 212
skip test flags are used to skip the execution of certain POST tests that may prove hazardous to normal switch operation. The exact use of this flag is determined by the post scripts and the specific test methods the current value is displayed. 212 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 213
diagskiptests Example The following is an example of the diagskiptests command: switch:admin> diagskiptests -show Skip tests is 0. switch:admin> diagskiptests 1 Config update Succeeded Skip tests is now 1. switch:admin> See Also diaghelp Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 213 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 214
following operand: -slot slot Specify the slot to stop burn-in. If no slot is specified this command executes on all slots in the logical switch. This operand is optional. 214 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 215
:18 Switch: 0, Error DIAG-MANUAL1, 1, " 1 Starting switchess ... Err# 0140042 0100:101:000:001:24:37: 0xc84 (fabos): Dec 20 08:57:27 Switch: 0, 19:02:28 Switch: 0, Error DIAG-MANUAL1, 1, " 1 Starting switchess ... Err# 0140042 0100:101:000:001:26:39: 0x47ff (fabos): Feb 07 21:45:36 Switch: 0, Error - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 216
remote switch, traffic is shared among all the paths. Load sharing is recomputed when a switch is booted to a different E_Port. The switch minimizes the number of routing changes, but some seconds after a fabric change. The time needed to reset the fabric routing varies based on the size of the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 217
this command only if devices connected to the fabric cannot handle occasional routing changes. Operands None. Examples To disable the dynamic load sharing option: switch:admin> dlsReset Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> dlsShow DLS is not set switch:admin> See Also dlsSet dlsShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 218
remote switch, traffic is shared among all the paths. Load sharing is recomputed when a switch is booted to a different E_Port. The switch minimizes the number of routing changes, but some seconds after a fabric change. The time needed to reset the fabric routing varies based on the size of the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 219
significantly shorter than when IOD is on, and is usually less than 1 second. None. To enable the dynamic load sharing option:. switch:admin> dlsSet Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> dlsShow DLS is set switch:admin> See Also dlsReset dlsShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 220
Displays the setting of the DLS option. Synopsis dlsShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to . Load sharing is only reconfigured when the switch is rebooted or an Fx_Port comes up. Operands None. Example To display the current DLS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 221
secondary name servers. Operands None. Example To set the DNS parameters for the system: switch:admin> dnsconfig Enter option 1 to display current Domain Name Service configuration 2 to set DNS configuration Enter choice:2 Enter Domain Name : [(none)] mydomain.com Enter nameserver IP address in - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 222
Fabric OS Commands See Also ipaddrset ipaddrshow 222 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 223
Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to clear the error log for a particular switch instance. If no operand is specified, this command clears the error log in RAM; The persistent log. Error log in RAM is not cleared. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 223 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 224
> errclear 0x102ed690 (tShell): Nov 22 15:09:38 INFO SYS-LOGCLRD, 4, Error log cleared switch:admin> To clear the persistent error log on the Active CP using V4.1.x, use the -p operand. See Also errDump errNvLogSizeSet errNvLogSizeShow errShow 224 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 225
breaks. It is identical to errshow, except that errshow prompts the user to type return between each log entry. The output of the errdump , regardless of their message severity level, are stored in a persistent storage as they are logged. Both the persistent error log and the run Reference Guide 225 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 226
log without page breaks: switch:switch:admin> errDump Error 03 -------0x2a5 (fabos): Jun 14 12:03:51 Switch: 0, Debug HAMKERNEL-IP_UP, ): Jun 14 12:03:50 Switch: 0, Info HAM-REDUNDANT_INFO, 4, (Heartbeat Up) System in REDUNDANT state Error 01 -------0x28b (fabos): Jun 14 12:01:27 Switch: 0, Error - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 227
resize the persistent error log of a switch to a new size specified by the number_of_entries Specify the new persistent error log size in unit of number of error log entries. The error log can be resized within switch:admin> errnvlogsizeset 1500 Persistent error log is resized to store 1500 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 228
Fabric OS Commands See Also errNvLogSizeShow errSaveLvlShow errShow 228 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 229
configuration of a switch. Syntax errNvLogSizeShow Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to show the current maximum size of the persistent error log. Note: The configuration display persistent error log configuration: switch:admin> errNvLogSizeShow Persistent Error - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 230
Fabric OS Commands errSaveLvlSet Set the error saving level of a switch. Syntax errSaveLvlSet lvl Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to valid values are: 1 - Critical 2 - Error 3 - Warning 4 - Info 5 - Debug 230 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 231
errSaveLvlSet Example The following example shows how to enable saving of Warning, Critical, Error, and Panic messages in the persistent error log. switch:admin> errSaveLvlSet 3 See Also errDump errNvLogSizeSet errSaveLvlSet errSaveLvlShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 231 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 232
switch. Syntax errSaveLvlShow Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to find out the current value of the persistent error log save level for a given switch error log save level. switch:admin> errsavelvlshow Current message save level is = 1 switch:admin> See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 233
Use this command to display the error log, prompting the user to type return between each log entry. It is identical messages, regardless of their message severity level, are stored in a persistent storage as they are logged. Both the persistent error log and the run time Reference Guide 233 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 234
Codes Table 7 lists the error code numbers, the POST test that generates this error number, and the type of error. Table 7: Diagnostic Error Codes (Sheet 1 of 4) Error Number 0001 0002 0003 0004 0110 0111 0112 DIAG-CMERRPTN DIAG-INTNOTCLR 234 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 235
errShow Table 7: Diagnostic Error Codes (Sheet 2 of 4) Error Number 1030 106F 1F25 1F26 1F27 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 223B 223C 2271 2640 2641 2642 ) DIAG-INIT DIAG-PORTDIED DIAG-STATS (FTX) DIAG-STATS (FRX) DIAG-STATS (C3FRX) DIAG-DATA Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 235 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 236
Fabric OS Commands Table 7: Diagnostic Error Codes (Sheet 3 of 4) Error Number 266F 2670 2671 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 304F 305F 3060 3061 CRC) DIAG-ERRSTAT (TRUNC) DIAG-ERRSTAT (2LONG) DIAG-ERRSTAT (BADEOF) DIAG-ERRSTAT (ENCOUT) 236 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 237
7: Diagnostic Error Codes (Sheet 4 of 4) Error Number 3846 3847 847 384F 385F 3870 3871 3874 Test spinSilk two entries in the error log: switch:admin> errshow Error 14 -------0x304 (fabos): Jun 14 11:57:52 Switch: 0, Warning FW-STATUS_SWITCH, 3, Switch status changed from HEALTHY/OK to Marginal - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 238
Fabric OS Commands See Also errDump errNvLogSizeSet errNvLogSizeShow errSaveLvlSet errSaveLvlShow uptime 238 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 239
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to logout from a telnet, rlogin or serial port session. Telnet and rlogin connections are closed, the serial session: switch:admin> exit Connection to host lost. See Also logout Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 239 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 240
portnumber Availability All users. Release V4.1.x number. The state of the port: P0 - Port Offline P1 - Port Online P2 - ELP ACC Received P3 - Link Reset Done I0 - Trunk Initiator: EMT Sent I1 - Trunk Initiator: ETP ACC Received I2 - Trunk Initiator: ETP Sent I3 - Trunk Initiator: Link Reset - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 241
's WWN All E-Ports that are connected to the same neighboring switch. This command has the following operands: slotnumber portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 242
: Flags: nbrWWN: red_ports: 10 11 62 63 62 P3 0x10068418 0 0x280120 10:00:00:60:69:80:06:cf Open commands pending No commands pending switch:admin> See Also portshow 242 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 243
fabretryshow Displays the retry count of the fabric commands. Synopsis fabretryshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the Get Address IDentifier ■ INQ Inquiry command Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 243 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 244
OS Commands Example To display the retry count of Fabric OS commands: switch:user> fabretryshow E_Ports SW_ILS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ELP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RDI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 See Also fabstatsshow 244 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 245
. When dealing with larger fabrics, the selection of the principal switch is less deterministic. In these cases, to help ensure that the desired switch is selected as the principal switch, a small selection of switches should be connected together first, followed by the addition of the rest of the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 246
current mode setting: switch:admin> fabricprincipal -q Principal Selection Mode: Enable To disable the mode setting: switch:admin> fabricprincipal 0 Principal Selection Mode disaable To enable the mode setting: switch:admin> fabricprincipal 1 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 247
switch Domain_ID and embedded port D_ID. The switch WWN. The switch Ethernet IP address. The switch FC IP address. The switch symbolic name. An arrow (>) indicates the principal switch number and D_ID. The alias group token (assigned by the N_Port). Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 247 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 248
switches. "sw180" is the principal switch. Three of the switches are configured to run IP over Fibre Channel. There is one multicast alias group. switch:admin> fabricShow Switch .168.64.59 192.168.65.59 "sw5" The Fabric has 4 switches Group ID Token 0: fffb01 40:05:00:00:10:00:00:60:69: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 249
.1.x Description Use this command to clear the queue of fabric state information logged by the fabric. Operands None. Example To clear the fabric state information: switch:admin> fabstateclear switch:admin> fabstateshow Time Stamp Input and *Action S, P Sn,Pn Port Xid - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 250
queue of fabric state information logged by the fabric. Operands None. Example To display the fabric state information: switch:admin> fabstateshow Time Stamp Input and *Action S, P Sn,Pn Port Xid 10:58:35.185 BF Rcv F0,NA F0,NA NA NA 250 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 251
See Also fabstateclear fabportshow fabstateshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 251 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 252
Synopsis fabStatsShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the statistics information of fabric. The information displayed is as follows: ■ Number of times a switch domain ID has been forcibly changed ■ Number of E_Port offline transitions - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 253
fabStatsShow Example To display the fabric statistics information: switch:admin> fabstatsshow Description Count Port Time Domain ID platform DB: 0 Security violation: 0 Security incompatibility: 0 switch:admin> See Also psShow tempShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 254
fabswitchshow Availability All users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the fabric switch state structure information. This command is strictly for debugging purpose. It is not intended as a user command. Operands None. 254 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 255
switch state structure: switch:admin> fabswitchshow Fabric Switch ,NA NA NA reachable domains: 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 16 domains reachable Ports used for EFP/BF/DIA flood: 35 9 N/A switch:admin> See Also supportshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 256
a non-faulty fan unit by setting the RPM speed to 0. Operand This command has the following operand: unit Specify the fan's unit number. View the fan unit numbers using the fanShow command. This operand is required. Example To disable a fan unit: san95:admin> fandisable 1 Fan unit 1 has been - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 257
has the following operand: unit Specify the fan's unit number. View the fan unit numbers using the fanShow command. This operand is required. Example To enable a fan that has been disabled: switch:admin> fanenable 1 Fan unit 1 has been enabled switch:admin> fanshow Fan #1 is OK, speed is 2237 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 258
Fabric OS Commands See Also fanShow fanDisable 258 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 259
correctly. Fan is not present. Fan is present but rotating too slowly or stopped. Unknown fan unit installed. Fan has exceeded hardware tolerance. Note: The output from this command varies depending on switch type and number of fans present. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 260
Fabric OS Commands Example To display the status and RPMs for the fans: switch:admin> fanShow Fan #1 is OK, speed is 2721 RPM Fan #2 is OK, speed is 2721 RPM Fan #3 is OK, speed is 2657 RPM switch:admin> See Also fanDisable fanEnable psShow tempShow 260 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 261
users. Release V3.1.x Description This command displays information about Fabric Assist host ports. This command will display the port number and PID for each Fabric Assist host port located on this switch 125 phantoms zoned to hosts on any one switch. If the preferred AL_PA can not be assigned - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 262
Fabric Assist Mode: Enabled or Disabled port The port number of the Fabric Assist host PID The 24-bit This example shows two Fabric Assist host ports on the switch.: switch:admin> fashow Fabric Assist Mode: Enabled Port PID Fabric ) Online 262 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 263
See Also fazonecreate fastatsshow fashow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 263 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 264
faStatsShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x Description Use this command to display statistical information about Fabric Assist host ports. This command displays the port number for each Fabric Assist host port located on the switch. It also displays the total number of LIPs performed - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 265
Example This example shows three Fabric Assist host ports on the switch. sw1:admin> faStatsShow Port Total LIPs Fabric Assist LIPs Last Caused by 00 3 1 0x011001 01 1 1 0x0511ef 03 1 1 0x0511ef See Also fazoneCreate faShow faStatsShow Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 266
command to reboot the switch, bypassing Power On Self Test (POST). The reboot takes effect immediately as the switch resets and executes normal power place if the user responds positively. Note: For the StorageWorks Core switch, the fastboot command will reboot both logical switches and both CPs. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 267
is for the StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin>fastboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. This will cause disruption to devices attached to both switch 0 and switch 1. To just reboot a logical switch on this system - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 268
defined configuration configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must be saved to non-volatile memory using the cfgSave command. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 269
pair. View the area numbers for ports using the switchShow command. ■ WWNs. ■ Fabric Assist zone alias names. ■ Exactly one Fabric Assist host member. This operand is required. Example To add aliases for some disk arrays to "Blue_fazone": switch:admin> fazoneAdd "Blue_fazone", "array3; array4 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 270
lists are not allowed. When a Fabric Assist zone member is specified by physical fabric port number, then any and all devices connected to that port are in the Fabric Assist zone. If this port is an arbitrated loop is in the Fabric Assist zone. 270 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 271
one or more physical fabric port numbers, WWNs, or a Fabric Assist host one or more physical fabric port numbers, WWNs, QuickLoop AL_PAs, or "2,12; 2,14; 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a" would contain devices connected to switch 2, ports 12 as: "H{1,1}; 2,12[0xe2]; 2,14[0xe8]; 10:00:00 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 272
connected to. The target connected to switch 2, port 12 would be assigned an ALPA value of 0xE2, and the target connected to port switch change the defined configuration (which you Primary FCS switch. See " number pair. ■ For V4.1.x, enter a fabric domain and area number pair. View the area numbers - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 273
three Fabric Assist zones using a mixture of port numbers and Fabric Assist zone aliases: switch:admin> fazoneCreate "fazone1", "H{1,0}; loop1" switch:admin> fazoneCreate "fazone2", "H{1,1}; array1; 1,2; array2" switch:admin> fazoneCreate "fazone3", "1,0; loop1; H{1,2}; array2" See Also fazoneAdd - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 274
. This command does not change the defined configuration (which you can view using the cfgShow configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 275
Example To delete a Fabric Assist zone: switch:admin> fazoneDelete "Blue_fazone" See Also fazoneCreate faShow faStatsShow fazoneDelete Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 275 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 276
defined configuration (which configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must be saved to non-volatile memory using the cfgSave command. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 277
a fabric domain and area number pair. View the area numbers for ports using the switchShow command. ■ WWNs. ■ Fabric Assist zone alias names. ■ Exactly one Fabric Assist host member. This operand is required. Example To remove "array2" from "Blue_fazone": switch:admin> fazoneRemove "Blue_fazone - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 278
specified, it is used as a pattern to match fazone names, and those that match in the Defined configuration are displayed. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. 278 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 279
. This operand must be preceded by a pattern. Example To display all fazones beginning with the letters A through C: switch:admin> fazoneShow "[A-C]*" fazone: Blue_fazone 1,1; array1; 1,2; array2 See Also fazoneAdd fazoneCreate fazoneDelete fazoneRemove Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 280
Synopsis: V3.1.x fcpprobeshow portnumber Synopsis: V4.1.x fcpprobeshow [slotnumber/]portnumber Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the FCP displays: port x is not an FL_Port or an F_Port 280 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 281
Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each T09170R F60N See Also portloginshow portshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 281 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 282
information. Synopsis: V3.1.x fcprlsshow portnumber Synopsis: V4.1.x fcprlsshow [slotnumber/]portnumber Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the fcp rls ( x is not an FL_Port or an F_Port 282 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 283
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 284
to remote domain ID. Synopsis fdmicacheshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this is shown to be either UNKNOWN, KNOWN or ERROR. The revision of FDMI supported is also shown followed by the identifiers of all the HBAs at the domain 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 285
rev KNOWN v310 HBAs: 10:00:00:00:c9:25:9b:96 Total number of ports: 1 Ports: 10:00:00:00:c9:25:9b:96 Total count of devices on the switch is 1 To display the FDMI cache (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> fdmicacheshow sStwaitech enrtervy for domain 1 KsNtOaWtNe vr3e1v0 KNOWN No devices. HBAs - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 286
Commands fdmishow Displays detailed FDMI device information. Synopsis fdmishow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display information are shown for HBA and ports on remote switches. Operands None. 286 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 287
96 Port attributes: FC4 Types: 0x000100000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000... Supported Speed: 0x00000001 Port Speed: 0x00000001 Frame Size: 0x00000800 HBA attributes: Node Name: 20:00:00:00:c9:25:9b:96 Manufacturer: Emulex Network Systems Serial Number: 0000c9259b96 Model: LP9000 Model - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 288
due to the fact that the filter logic sits in transmitter port can not work if frame is sent directly from the embedded port. This command may not be executed on an operational switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchdisable command. 288 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 289
of times to perform this test. The default value is 1. Specify the number of times to perform this test. The default value is 1. Specify the user port numbers to perform this test. All user ports are set in default. Specify the program location to write SCAM test data in SCAM memory. The default - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 290
set if the specified number is larger than limit. Errors: V4.1.x When it detects failures, the subtest may report one or more of the following error messages: DIAG-FLTINIT DIAG-FLTXMIT DIAG-FLTRCV DIAG-ACTTEST DIAG-NUMTEST Example To run the filterTest (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> filterTest - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 291
firmware is stored, in case the primary partition is damaged. To maintain the integrity of the firmware switches the primary partition (with the old firmware) to the secondary, and the secondary partition (with the new firmware to disable auto-commit of the new firmware. If you decide to disable the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 292
firmware) to the primary, and back out of the new firmware download. Operands None. Example To commit a new version of the firmware: switch: admin> firmwarecommit Doing firmwarecommit now. Please wait ...Replicating kernel image FirmwareCommit completes successfully. switch: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 293
] host,user,pfile [,passwd]] Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description: V3.1.x Use this command to download switch firmware from a remote host or from a local directory to the switch's non-volatile storage area. The firmware download process uses FTP. Note: V3.1 supports RSHD and - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 294
by default downloads firmware image to both CPs in a rollover mode to prevent disruption to application services. This operation depends on HA support. If HA is not available, a user will still be able to upgrade the CPs one at a time using "-s" option. The StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch and each CP - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 295
StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch, this mode enables a user to select full-install, auto- reboot, and auto-commit. Specify this operand to activate auto-reboot mode. After downloading firmware the system must be rebooted. If this operand is not specified, the user must issue the reboot command manually - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 296
yet are installed. If no operand is specified the operation becomes interactive and you are prompted for input. Example To download the firmware to a V3.1.x switch: Switch:admin> firmwaredownload Server Name or IP Address [jsmith-sun]: fjones-sun User Name [jsmith]: fjones File Name [~jsmith - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 297
firmware to a V4.1.x switch: switch:admin> firmwaredownload Server Name or IP Address: 11.22.33.44 User Name: foo File Name: /pub/dist/system.plist Password: xxxxxx Full Install (otherwise only install host fastboot reboot switchReboot version Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 297 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 298
Commands firmwaredownloadstatus Displays the status of a firmware download. Synopsis firmwaredownloadstatus Availability Admin Release is issued. There is a timestamp associated with each event. In a StorageWorks Core switch, when firmwaredownloadstatus is run, the event logs in the two CPs - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 299
the status of a firmware download: switch:admin> firmwaredownloadstatus [1]: Mon Jan 24 13:34:45 2005 cp0: Standby CP booted up with new firmware. [5]: Mon Jan 24 13:37:50 2005 cp1: Active CP failed over. [12]: Mon Jan 24 13:49:58 2005 cp1: FirmwareDownload has completed successfully. switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 300
system is booted after a firmwareDownload. Otherwise, it will return with an error code. Operands None. Example To restore old active firmware image: switch:admin> firmwarerestore Restore Kernel Image No firmware undo is needed switch:admin> 300 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 301
See Also firmwareCommit firmwareDownload firmwarerestore Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 301 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 302
identify the slot number for each CP. If there is only one CP available, the command displays the Fabric OS versions for the primary and secondary partitions on that CP. Operands None. Example To display the firmware version of a StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch: switch:admin> firmwareshow Local - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 303
To display the firmware version of a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> firmwareshow Local CP (Slot 5, CP0): Active Primary partition: v4.1.x Secondary Partition: v4.1.x Remote CP (Slot 6, CP1): Standby Primary partition: v4.1.x Secondary Partition: v4.1.x switch:admin> See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 304
N_Port devices and the switch F_Port), and back to the main board. The cables and SFPs connected should be of the same technology; that is, a short wavelength SFP (switch) port is connected to another short for N_Port device to response ECHO ACC. 304 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 305
ports present until: a. The number of frames requested is reached, test. If the pattern is not user specified, then at every 30 pass the number of times (or number of width of the pattern which user specified. When payload_pattern is set operand is optional. Specify the number of words of the test - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 306
FDET_PERR FINISH_MSG_ERR FTPRT_STATUS_ERR LESSN_STATUS_ERR MBUF_STATE_ERR MBUF_STATUS_ERR NO_SEGMENT PORT_ABSENT PORT_ENABLE PORT_M2M PORT_STOPPED PORT_WRONG RXQ_FRAME_ERR RXQ_RAM_PERR STATS STATS_C3FRX STATS_FRX STATS_FTX TIMEOUT XMIT 306 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 307
: switch:admin> fporttest -ports 1/0-1/15 Running fPortTest ....... Test Complete: "fporttest" Pass 10 of 10 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 1 sec (0:0:0:127). assed. switch:admin> See Also itemlist crossporttest loopporttest spinsilk porttest fporttest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 307 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 308
Displays FSPF protocol information. Synopsis fspfShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use protocol. Domain number of local switch. State of the local switch. V4.1.x only. Domain of the local switch is currently 308 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 309
out value, in milliseconds. Counter of delayed Link State Records. FSPF semaphore ID. FSPF scheduled events bit map. Internal variable. None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 309 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 310
Commands Examples To display FSPF protocol information (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> fspfshow version = 2 domainID = 1 switchOnline = TRUE ddb_sem = 0x1003e6e8 fabP: event_sch lsrRefreshCnt = 0x0 = 0 switch:admin> See Also bcastShow mcastShow topologyShow uRouteShow 310 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 311
[mode] Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to configure alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. By turning off the alarms, all non-environment class (alarms are deactivated). This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 311 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 312
To enable alarms in Fabric Watch (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> fwalarmsfilterset Committing configuration...done. FW: Alarms are disabled switch:admin> fwalarmsfilterset 1 Committing configuration...done. FW: Alarms are enabled switch:admin> To enable alarms in Fabric Watch (V4.1.x example - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 313
alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. Synopsis fwAlarmsFilterShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command of alarm filtering in Fabric Watch: switch:admin> fwAlarmsFilterShow FW: Alarms are enabled switch:admin> fwAlarmsFilterShow FW: Alarms are disabled - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 314
all classes under Fabric Watch. This command should only be used after installing a Fabric Watch license to enable the licensed classes. Note: This None. Example To initialize all classes under Fabric Watch: switch:admin> fwClassInit fwClassInit: Fabric Watch is updating... fwClassInit: Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 315
See Also fwConfigReload fwConfigure fwShow fwClassInit Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 315 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 316
Watch configuration file from a host. Note: This command requires a Fabric Watch License. Operands None. Example To reload the saved Fabric Watch configuration: switch:admin> fwConfigReload fwConfigReload: Fabric Watch configuration reloaded. 316 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 317
See Also configUpload configDownload fwClassInit fwConfigure fwShow fwConfigReload Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 317 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 318
this command to display and modify threshold information for the Fabric Watch configuration. Switch elements monitored by Fabric Watch are divided into classes, which are 2 : Fan 1 : Temperature 2 : RXP 3 : TXP 4 : Current 5 : Voltage Area 318 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 319
7 : Fabric logins 8 : SFP state changes 1 : Link loss 2 : Sync loss 3 : Signal loss 4 : Protocol error 5 : Invalid words 6 : Invalid CRCS 7 : RXPerformance 8 : TXPerformance 9 : State Changes Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 319 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 320
loss 3 : Signal loss 4 : Protocol error 5 : Invalid words 6 : Invalid CRCS 7 : RXPerformance 8 : TXPerformance 9 : State Changes 1 : Invalid CRCS 1 : Invalid CRCS 2 : RXPerformance 3 : TXPerformance Area 320 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 321
11 : Switch Availability Monitor class 1 : Customer Define Area 1 : Telnet Violations 2 : HTTP Violations 3 : API Violations 4 : RSNMP Violations 5 : WSNMP Violations 7 : MS Violations 8 : Serial Violations 9 : Front Panel Violations 10 : SCC Violations 11 : DCC Violations 12 : Login Violations - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 322
Commands Example To display the Fabric Watch configuration and status: switch:admin> fwConfigure 1 : Environment class Filter Performance Monitor class 11 : Security class 12 : Switch Availability Monitor class 13 : quit Select a threshold 4 : advanced configuration 5 : return to previous - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 323
fwFruCfg Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to configure FRU states and actions. Based on these configuration settings Fabric Watch generates action when FRU state changes. To configure e-mail alerts use fwMailCfg. Note: This command requires a Fabric Watch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 324
configuration: switch:admin> fwFruCfg 1 : Slot 2 : Power Supply 3 : Fan 4 : WWN 5 : Configure configuration 7 : cancel fru configuration changes 8 : return to previous page Select Id => : (1..8) [8] 1 Enter Slot Number 6 : apply fru configuration 7 : cancel fru configuration changes 8 : return - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 325
fwHelp fwHelp Displays Fabric Watch command information. Synopsis fwHelp Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display information on commands used to configure Fabric Watch. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 325 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 326
switch:admin> fwHelp fwAlarmsFilterSet fwAlarmsFilterShow fwClassInit fwConfigure fwConfigReload fwSetToCustom fwSetToDefault fwShow fwMailCfg fwSamShow Configure Fabric Watch Initialize all Fabric Watch classes Configure Fabric Watch Reload Fabric Watch configuration Set boundary & alarm level to - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 327
the name of the users who will be notified. The format should be [email protected]. For example, [email protected]. Note: If the switch is rebooted using switchboot, reboot, or fastboot, the e-mail alert is set to disabled and must be re-enabled again. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 327 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 328
11 : Switch Availability Monitor class (SAM) 12 : quit Select an item => : (0..12) [12] 0 Enter Mail Server IP address : [0.0.0.0] 11.22.33.44 Enter Domain Name : [hp.com] hp.com Mail To: [[email protected]] [email protected] Committing configuration...done. Email Alert configuration Succeeded! 1 : Show - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 329
See Also fwconfigure fwclassinit fwshow fwconfigreload fwMailCfg Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 329 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 330
Displays the switch availability monitor information. Synopsis fwsamshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to displays information about port availability. The information displayed includes: total uptime, total down time, number of faulty - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 331
for an StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch: switch:admin> fwsamshow Port# Type Total Total Number Of UpTime 0 0 0 0 100 5 G_PORT 0 0 0 0 0 100 6 U_PORT 0 0 0 0 0 100 7 U_PORT 0 0 0 0 0 100 switch:admin> See Also switchshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 332
for all classes and areas for Fabric Watch. Note: This command requires a Fabric Watch License. Operands None. Example To set alarm levels to custom values: switch:admin> fwSetToCustom Committing configuration...done. See Also fwSetToDefault 332 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 333
for all classes and areas for Fabric Watch. Note: This command requires a Fabric Watch License. Operands None. Example To set alarm levels to default values: switch:admin> fwSetToDefault Committing configuration...done. See Also fwSetToCustom Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 334
the thresholds monitored by Fabric Watch. Synopsis fwShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to fwshow for Root user could be different than Admin user. The Root user can see all inactive and active thresholds, but the Admin user can only see - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 335
fwShow Example The following in a V3.1.x example: Switch:admin> fwshow Name Label Last value envFan001 Env Fan 1 5880 RPM envFan002 Env FabricQL 0 Change(s) fabricFR000 Fabric Reconfigure 0 Reconfig(s) Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 335 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 336
V4.1.x example: switch:admin> fwShow 12/03/1999 * Event 5 occurred 1 time, last at 19:08:37 on 12/03/1999 Callbacks: No callbacks are registered. 1 : Show class thresholds 2 : Detail threshold information 3 : Quit Select an item => : (1..3) [3] 3 336 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 337
See Also fwClassInit fwConfigReload fwConfigure fwShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 337 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 338
All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description: V3.1.x Use this command to display information about Serial Identification switch. The summary shows the GBIC type (see switchShow for an explanation of the two letter codes) and, for Serial ID GBIC, the vendor name and GBIC serial number. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 339
name and SFP serial number. Use this command with the slotnumber and portnumber operands to display detailed information about the SFP in that port. This command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 340
The following V3.1.x example shows first GBIC summary information: switch:admin> gbicshow port 0: id (sw) Vendor: AGILENT port switch:admin> Serial No: A00128928 Serial No: A00128983 Serial No: A00128966 Serial No: A00128929 Serial No: A00128988 Serial No: A00127279 Serial No: A00127399 Serial - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 341
Availability All users. Release typed commands to be edited. The command h displays the 20 most recent commands typed into the shell; old commands fall off access edit mode, then use vi commands. The ESC key switches the shell to edit mode. The Enter key gives the line Reference Guide 341 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 342
Fabric OS Commands Operands None. Example To display previous shell commands: switch:admin> h 1 version 2 switchShow 3 portDisable 2 4 portEnable 2 5 switchShow See Also None. 342 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 343
Use this command to disable the High Availability feature in the Switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command does nothing. Operands None. Example To disable the High Availability feature: switch:admin> haDisable Disabling HA ... Done. See Also haEnable hafailover hashow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 344
users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display information about the status of the High Availability feature in the Switch. This command displays the following information: ■ Local CP state (slot number and CP id); ■ Remote CP state (slot number discovered a problem with the Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 345
would be rebooted, and the fail-over will be disruptive. ■ IP and Fibre Channel addresses configured for the switch. Operands None. Example To displays High Availability feature information: switch:admin> hadump Dump HA Data ... Local CP (Slot 5, CP0): Active Remote CP (Slot 6, CP1): Standby - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 346
command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature in the switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command is ignored. Operands None. Example To enable the High Availability feature in the switch: switch:admin> haEnable Enabling HA ... Done. See Also haDisable haFailover haShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 347
the Active CP. Because haFailover results in CP reboot, a warning message and a confirmation are displayed. If the user answers positively, then the failover takes place. On a StorageWorks Core switch, when HA synchronization is enabled and the CPs are in sync, if a failover is initiated, the port - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 348
(CP) based system. If the above status does not indicate HA State synchronized then this operation will cause the active CP to reset. This will cause disruption to devices attached to both switch 0 and switch 1 and will require that existing telnet sessions be restarted. To just reboot a logical - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 349
which includes: ■ Local CP state (slot number and CP id) ■ Remote CP state (slot number and CP id) ■ High Availability Enabled/Disabled CP is running, but the background health diagnostic has discovered a problem with the blade. The logs should be checked to determine Reference Guide 349 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 350
at this time, the Standby CP would be rebooted, and the fail-over will be disruptive. Operands None. Example To display control processor (CP) status: switch:admin> haShow Local CP (Slot 6, CP1): Active Remote CP (Slot 5, CP0): Standby HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State not in sync See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 351
> hasyncstart HA State synchronization has started switch:admin> hashow Local CP (Slot 6, CP1): Active Remote CP (Slot 5, CP0): Standby, Healthy HA enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State synchronized switch:admin> See Also hasyncstop haFailover haShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 351 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 352
command will deactivate the synchronization process. Operands None. Example To disable the HA state synchronizing process: Switch:admin> hasyncstop Stop synchronize 0x228 (fabos): Switch: 0, Info FSS_ME-FORCELOG, 4, HA State out of sync! See Also hasyncstart haFailover haShow 352 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 353
, diagHelp displays a list of diagnostic commands. The list shows only commands that are available to the current user; this can vary according to: ■ Login user level ■ License key ■ Switch model To access help information for a specific command, enter the command name as an operand. Operands This - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 354
Example The first example provides help information on the login command. The second example provides help information on the configure command. switch:admin> help login ... switch:admin> help "configure" ... See Also diagHelp licenseHelp routeHelp 354 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 355
All users. Release SUPPLY, SW BLADE (switch), CP BLADE (control processor), WWN (World Wide Name), or UNKNOWN. ■ Object number: Slot ( HP Part Number: or Unknown HP Serial Number: or Unknown Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 355 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 356
OS Commands Example To display the last history record: switch12K:admin> historyLastShow POWER SUPPLY Unit 2 Inserted at Tue Aug 14 15:52:10 2001 HP Part Number: 60-0001536-02 HP Serial Number: 1013456800 Records: 11 See Also historyShow 356 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 357
command has the following operands: mode Specify rot for a rotating buffer, or fi for First-in mode. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 357 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 358
Fabric OS Commands Example The following command sequence changes the history mode to first-in from rotating: switch:admin> historymode rot History Mode is: Rotating. See Also historyshow historyLastShow 358 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 359
> 2. The second contains one data set, HP Part Number: ■ HP Part Number: or Unknown 3. The third line contains one data set, HP Serial Number: ■ HP Serial Number: or Unknown Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 359 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 360
file: switch:admin> historyShow FAN Unit 3 HP Part Number: HP Serial Number: Removed at Tue Aug 14 10:05:37 1970 20-123456-12 1013456800 POWER SUPPLY Unit 1 HP Part Number: HP Serial Number: Inserted at Tue Aug 14 10:52:10 1970 60-0001536-02 Unknown FAN Unit 3 HP Part Number: HP Serial Number - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 361
Displays task summary. Synopsis i [Process ID] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description This command displays information forked but didn't exec SUPERPRIV 100 used super-user privileges DUMPCORE 200 dumped core SIGNALED 400 killed by a signal Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 362
runnable (on run queue) S sleeping T traced or stopped Z a defunct ("zombie") process The effective user ID number of the process. The process ID of the process. The process ID of the parent process. Processor ID for the task to be displayed. 362 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 363
i Example To display information about process name tSRL: switch:admin> i tSRL NAME ENTRY TID PRI STATUS PC SP ERRNO DELAY tSRL _nssrl_svr 11f9be20 170 PEND 1088a160 11f9c1b0 0 0 switch:admin> See Also diagHelp routeHelp Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 363 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 364
of this command to take effect. Changing the link mode is not supported for all network interfaces and not necessarily for all Ethernet network interfaces when using this command. Forcing the link to an operating mode not supported by the network equipment to which it is attached may result in an - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 365
saved and the command exits. Changing the link mode is not supported for all network interfaces or for all ethernet network interfaces. This no, n): [no] 10 Mbps / Half Duplex (yes, y, no, n): [no] yes Committing configuration...done.switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 365 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 366
supported by the network equipment to which it is attached may result in an inability to communicate with the system through its ethernet interface. It is recommended that you only use this command from the serial configuration...done. switch:admin> See Also ifModeShow ifShow 366 Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 367
interface. Synopsis ifModeShow ["interface"] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this Ethernet network interfaces. For those interfaces in which this is not supported, the output for the link mode is "Not applicable." Operands 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 367 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 368
Fabric OS Commands Example To display the link operating mode for the "fei0" Ethernet interface: switch:admin> ifModeShow "fei0" fei (unit number 0): Link mode: Auto-negotiate switch:admin> See Also ifModeSet ifShow 368 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 369
users. Release V3.1.x Description Use this command to display network interface status. If the operand ifName is provided, only that interface is displayed. If ifName is omitted, all interfaces are displayed. Each switch for switches running IP Number of packets received and sent ■ Number - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 370
is optional. Example To display Ethernet interface information for a switch with a 10BaseT connection: switch:admin> ifShow "ei" ei (unit number 0): Flags: (0x63) UP BROADCAST ARP RUNNING Internet 7 collisions See Also ipAddrSet ipAddrShow 370 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 371
data structure contains all the information relating to the switch that is connected to an adjacent switch. This command displays the content of both data structures, if they have been allocated. Use this command without specifying a port number to display the interface information for all ports - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 372
&lsrAckList 372 Port number of the trunk master port, if present, of the trunk group this port is a part of. The default cost of sending a frame over the ISL connection to this interface. Cost of sending a frame over the ISL connected to this interface. A value of 1000 indicates a 1 Gb/s link - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 373
neighbor switch. Number of attempted transmissions of LSUs to the neighbor switch. Number of LSUs transmitted to the neighbor switch. Number of attempted transmissions of LSAs to the neighbor switch. Number of LSAs transmitted to the neighbor switch. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 374
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 375
See Also portShow switchShow interfaceShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 375 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 376
a fabric topology change. This command may cause out-of-order delivery of frames during fabric topology changes. Note: This command should not be used in HP configurations. Operands None. 376 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 377
Examples To turn off the IOD option: switch:admin> iodshow IOD is set switch:admin> iodreset done. switch:admin> iodshow IOD is not set switch:admin> See Also iodSet iodShow iodReset Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 377 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 378
the traffic between switches is shared among IOD option to be off. HP configurations require that IOD be set to connected to the fabric that do not tolerate occasional out of order delivery of frames, should this command be used. Operands None. 378 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 379
Examples To turn on the IOD option: switch:admin> iodSet Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> See Also iodReset iodShow iodSet Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 379 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 380
In Order Delivery (IOD) option setting. Synopsis iodShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display current setting of the IOD option: switch:admin> iodShow IOD is not set switch:admin> See Also iodSet iodReset 380 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 381
the switch. Note: The option operand is only available on the StorageWorks Core switch. This operand is not available on the StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch. switch. Set the Ethernet subnetmask IP of the switch. Set the Fibre Channel address of the switch. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 382
switch. Parameters: V4.1.x For a StorageWorks Core switch, you must set values for both logical switches and both CP cards. Use the option operand to select the logical switch or CP where you want to configure conventional dot notation ■ Enter none 382 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 383
operand: option Specify which option you would like to configure. This operand is only available for the StorageWorks Core switch. Valid options are as follows: ■ 0 sets [0.0.0.0]: 192.168.166.135 Committing configuration...Done... switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 383 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 384
Commands To set the IP address details for logical switch number 1 (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> ipaddrset 1 Ethernet IP Address [10.77 Address [0.0.0.0]: IP address being changed... Committing configuration...Done. switch:admin> See Also ipAddrShow 384 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 385
All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the Ethernet and FC IP addresses configured in the system. Note: The option operand is only available on the StorageWorks Core switch. This operand is not available on the StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch. Information - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 386
details: Ethernet IP Address, Ethernet Subnetmask, Hostname and Gateway IP address. In the StorageWorks Core switch the CPs communicate to each other through an Ethernet in the backplane. When the option specified the command becomes interactive. 386 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 387
Subnetmask: 55.66.77.88 Fibre Channel IP Address: none Fibre Channel Subnetmask: none Gateway Address: 12.34.56.78 switch:admin> To display the IP address for logical switch number 0 (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> ipAddrShow 0 Ethernet IP Address: 11.22.33.44 Ethernet Subnetmask: 55.66.77.88 Fibre - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 388
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the current connections and status of the ISL of each port on this switch. The WWN where the ISL is connected to, the speed of the connection connections for the switch: switch:admin> islshow 1: 3 -> 5 10:00:00:60:69:20: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 389
a comma separated list of items. ■ Each item in the list may be a single element or a range of elements separated with a "-" character. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 389 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 390
switch (selected during telnet login) will be tested. When specified in an item list user ports may be specified by either the area portion of the ports fibre channel address or with slot/port notation. For non-bladed systems the port number : 390 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 391
itemlist Operands See Also Table 12: Object Descriptions Type BPORTS UPORTS QUADS CHIPS MINIS SLOTS INDEX Grouping Blade Switch Blade Blade Blade Chassis N/A Description Blade ports, internal and external ports. User ports, ports with external connections. Quadrants, group of (normally 4) ports - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 392
an interactive menu driven command. Upon invocation, it lists all the current telnet and serial port login sessions. It lists information such as the session number, login name, the idle time, the IP address of the connection, and the time stamp of when the login session was opened. A prompt is then - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 393
....Done List of telnet sessions (2 found) Session No USER TTY IDLE FROM LOGIN@ 0 root0 ttyS0 1:17m - 5:13pm 1 admin0 pts/1 7.00s 192.168.130.29 6:31pm Enter Session Number to terminate (q to quit) q} switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 393 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 394
Fabric OS Commands Note: The list of open sessions displayed with killtelnet includes the user's current session. Make sure you do not kill your own telnet session. See Also None. 394 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 395
Admin Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to run a suite of LED tests. Operands None. Example To test the LEDs: switch:admin> ledtest Disabling switch launch ledScript.tmp script in background (PID is 17974) Enter to ABORT See Also portledtest ledtest Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 396
Use this command to add license keys to the system. Some features of the switch and of the fabric to which it is connected are optional licensed products. Without a license installed for such products, the services are not available. A license key is a string of approximately 16 upper and lower case - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 397
a license key in quotation marks. This operand is required. Example To add a license key to the switch: switch:admin> licenseAdd "bQebzbRdScRfc0iK" adding license key "bQebzbRdScRfc0iK" done. See Also licenseHelp licenseIdShow licenseRemove licenseShow portdisable portenable switchdisable - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 398
licenseAdd licenseIdShow licenseRemove licenseShow switch:admin> Add a license key to this switch Show system license ID Remove a license key from this switch Show current license key Note: The licenseIdShow command is available in V4.1.x only. 398 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 399
See Also licenseAdd licenseIdShow licenseRemove licenseShow licenseHelp Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 399 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 400
users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the license ID of StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch or a StorageWorks Core switch chassis. Some features of the switch and the fabric are optional, licensed products. Without a license installed for such products, the services Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 401
Operands Example None. To display the license ID: switch:admin> licenseIdShow a4:f8:69:33:22:00:ea:18 See Also licenseAdd licenseHelp licenseRemove licenseShow licenseIdShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 401 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 402
removing a license key, the switch must be rebooted. With no switch: switch:admin> licenseRemove "bAaAabRdScRfc0iK" removing license key "bAaAabRdScRfc0iK" Committing configuration...done. For license to take effect, Please reboot switch now.... 402 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 403
See Also licenseAdd licenseHelp licenseIdShow licenseShow licenseRemove Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 403 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 404
license keys. Synopsis licenseShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display current license keys along with a list of licensed products enabled by these keys. The message No license installed on this switch is displayed when no licenses are - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 405
See Also licenseAdd licenseHelp licenseIdShow licenseRemove licenseShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 405 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 406
of an Inter-Switch Link (ISL). The cost of a link is a dimensionless positive number. It is used supports load sharing over a number of equal cost paths. Every ISL has a default cost that is inversely proportional to the bandwidth of the ISL. For a 1Gb per second ISL, the default cost is 1000 Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 407
on the switch type. This operand is optional. Specify the new cost of the link connected to the specified port number. This operand is optional. If no operands are specified, the current values for all ports on the (logical) switch are displayed. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 407 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 408
Fabric OS Commands Examples To display the cost of a link, and reset the cost: switch:admin> linkcost Interface Cost 0 500 1 500 2 500 3 500 4 500 5 500 6 500 7 (E_PORT) 500 switch:admin> See Also interfaceShow LSDbShow topologyShow uRouteShow 408 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 409
. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to log in to the switch with another user name and password, without first logging out from the original session. If the user was originally connected using a telnet or rlogin session, that session is left open. This command allows you - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 410
All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to log out from a shell session. Remote login connections are closed, local serial connections return log out from an rlogin session: switch:admin> logout Connection to host lost. 410 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 411
See Also login logout Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 411 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 412
Synopsis: V4.1.x loopporttest [--slot number][-nframes count][-ports itemlist][-seed payload_pattern switch) and back to the main board. The cables and SFPs connected should be of the same technology: that is a short wavelength SFP (switch) port should be connected Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 413
. 9. Repeat step 3 through step 8 for all ports present until: a. The number of frames requested is reached. b. All ports are marked bad. You can specify a payload pattern to be used when executing this test. If the pattern is not user specified, then at every 30 pass, a different data type from - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 414
user specified. Valid values are: 1 = byte 2 = word 4 = quad Specify the slot number in a StorageWorks Core switch. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number. The StorageWorks Core switch quad This operand is optional. 414 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 415
Test ........ passed. Configuring Loopback L-port(s) back to normal L-port(s)........done. value = 0 switch:admin> To perform a loopback port test (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> loopporttest ERR_STAT ERR_STATS ERR_STATS_2LONG ERR_STATS_BADEOF Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 415 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 416
FDET_PERR FINISH_MSG_ERR FTPRT_STATUS_ERR LESSN_STATUS_ERR MBUF_STATE_ERR MBUF_STATUS_ERR NO_SEGMENT PORT_ABSENT PORT_ENABLE PORT_M2M PORT_STOPPED PORT_WRONG RXQ_FRAME_ERR RXQ_RAM_PERR STATS STATS_C3FRX STATS_FRX STATS_FTX TIMEOUT XMIT 416 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 417
See Also camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest itemlist portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest loopPortTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 417 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 418
All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display a link state database record for switches in are allocated when a switch is connected to the fabric. The LSR for domain N describes the links between the switch with domain number N and its neighbor switches. For a link - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 419
. Time this LSR was installed in the database, in is identical to the domain number. ID (domain number) of the switch that originated this LSR. Incarnation number of this LSR. Total the domain number of the switch on the other side of the link. Port number on the local switch. Port number of the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 420
) Field cost costCnt type Description Cost of this link. The default cost for a 1 Gb/s link is 1000. Always 0. Always 1. This command has the following operand: domain Specify the domain number of the LSR to be displayed. This operand is optional. 420 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 421
Examples To display the Link State Record for the local switch: switch:admin> lsdbshow Domain = 7 (self), Link State Database = 0x80000217 length = 92 chksum = 0x2fdd linkCnt = 4, flags = 0x0 switch:admin> See Also interfaceShow nbrStateShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 422
users. Release V3.1.x Description Use this command to display the multicast routing information, as it is known by the FSPF path selection and routing task, for all ports in the switch that are part of the part of the multicast distribution tree. 422 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 423
: group_ID Specify the multicast group to be displayed. This operand is optional. Examples To display multicast routing information: switch:admin> mcastShow 5 Group Member Ports Member ISL Ports Static ISL Ports 5 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 See Also bcastShow portRouteShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 424
memshow Displays the amount of free and used memory in switch. Synopsis: V3.1.x memshow Synopsis: V4.1.x memshow [ -b | -k | -m ] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command usage is displayed in bytes. 424 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 425
To view the memory usage in a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> memshow status bytes blocks avg block max block current free 22187312 19 1167753 22179008 alloc 5311888 4258 1247 - cumulative alloc 314330064 5666735 55 - switch:admin> See Also savecore memshow Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 426
fabric wide. The following capabilities are shown: ■ Bit 0: Basic Fabric Configuration Service Supported. This bit displays the fabric capability to support Management Server. This service is available on all switches. This service is described in the FC-GS MS specification. ■ Bit 1: Platform - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 427
, a capability value of 0x0000019f would correspond to the following values: Capability 8 7654 3210 Binary Value 1 1001 1111 In the above example, only Bit 5, Fabric Lock Service, and Bit 6, Time Service are not supported switch. None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 427 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 428
0x0000008f Switch Name switch"* "switch123" "switch321" Capability Bit Definitions: Bit 0: Basic Fabric Configuration Service Supported. Bit 1: Platform Service Supported. Bit 2: Topology Discovery Service Supported. Bit 3: Unzoned Name Service Supported. Bit 4: Fabric Zone Service Supported. Bit - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 429
is then restricted to those WWNs. Up to 16 maximum WWNs are supported in ACL. The ACL is implemented on a per switch basis and should be configured on the switch to which the management application station is directly connected. This command is interactive and provides the following choices: 0 Done - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 430
: switch:admin 20:03:00:60:69:00:60:10 20:02:00:60:69:00:60:03 20:02:00:60:69:00:60:15 0 Done 1 Display the access list 2 Add member based on its Port/Node WWN 3 Delete member based on its Port/Node WWN select : (0..3) [1] 0 done ... switch:admin> 430 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 431
See Also msCapabilityShow msPlMgmtActivate msPlMgmtDeactivate msPlatShow msPlClearDB msTdDisable msTdEnable msTdReadConfig msConfigure Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 431 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 432
Server Platform database. The display shows the Platform name and associated attributes of each Platform object in the database. Platform service is available in firmware v2.3 and above. Lower level firmware releases do not support it. Operands None. 432 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 433
the Management Server Platform database for a fabric: switch:admin> msPlatShow Platform Name: [9] "first obj" Platform Type: 5 : GATEWAY Number of Associated M.A.: 1 Associated Management Addresses: [35] "http://java.sun.com/products/plugin" Number of Associated Node Names: 1 Associated Node Names - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 434
enables an Admin user to clear the entire Management Server Platform database on all switches in the fabric. service is available in firmware v2.3 and above. Lower level firmware releases do not support it. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 435
Server Platform database on all switches in the fabric: switch:admin> msplcleardb This will erase MS Platform Service Database in the entire fabric ..... switch:admin> See Also msPlMgmtDeactivate msPlatShow msCapabilityShow msPlMgmtActivate Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 435 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 436
saved to the non-volatile storage of each switch, so after a reboot, a switch will boot up with Platform service ENABLED. By default, the Platform service is DISABLED. Platform service is available in firmware v2.3 and above. Lower level firmware releases do not support it. Note: When security is - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 437
(V4.1.x example): switch:admin> msplmgmtactivate Request to activate MS Platform Service in progress...... *Completed activating MS Platform Service in the fabric! switch:admin> See Also msPlMgmtDeactivate msPlatShow msCapabilityShow msPlClearDB Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 437 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 438
non-volatile storage of each switch. Once deactivated, even in the event of a reboot, the switch will initialize with the Platform service DISABLED. By default, the Platform service is DISABLED. Platform service is available in firmware v2.3 and above. Lower level firmware releases do not support it - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 439
msPlMgmtDeactivate Example To deactivate the Platform service on all switches in the fabric: switch:admin> msplmgmtdeactivate MS Platform Service is currently enabled. This will erase MS Platform Service configuration information as well as database in the entire fabric. Would you like to - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 440
switch will boot up with the Topology Discovery service DISABLED. Note: Topology Discovery service requires the attached devices which include attached switches to support operand: ALL Specify ALL to disable the Topology Discovery service on all switches in the fabric. For V3.1.x, the operand ALL - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 441
disable MS Topology Discovery Service in progress.... *MS Topology Discovery disabled locally. switch:admin> switch:admin> mstddisable ALL This may erase all NID entries. Are you sure? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Request to disable MS Topology Discovery Service - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 442
switch will be boot up with the Management Server Topology Discovery service enabled. Topology Discovery service requires the attached devices which include attached switches to support ALL Specify ALL to enable the topology discovery service on all switches in the fabric. For V3.1.x, the operand - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 443
. switch:admin> switch:admin> mstdenable ALL Request to enable MS Topology Discovery Service in progress.... *MS Topology Discovery enabled locally. *MS Topology Discovery Enable Operation Complete!! switch:admin> See Also msTdDisable msTdReadConfig Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 444
service. Synopsis msTdReadConfig Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to check whether or not the Management Server Topology Discovery service is enabled. Operands None. Example To display the status of the Topology Discovery service: switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 445
gives details of the following: ■ Which CP/Switch (or console/serial port) was used to log in ■ The telnet or the name of the current Console port or the Serial port (if modem login used) ■ The Current CP's mode current login information: switch:admin> myid Current Switch: switch0 Session Detail: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 446
Fabric OS Commands See Also version 446 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 447
on an interface. Use this command with no operand to reset counters on all interfaces. Operands This command has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 448
OS Commands When this command is specified with no operand, the statistics are cleared for all interfaces. Examples To display how to reset the counters on slot 1 port 4: switch:admin> nbrstatsclear 1/4 See Also interfaceShow portShow switchShow 448 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 449
Port E_Port (interface) on local switch. Domain Remote Port Domain number of remote switch. E_Port (interface) on remote switch. State State of the neighbor. The E_Port is used to route frames only if the neighbor is in NB_ST_FULL state. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 449 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 450
command has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 451
nodefind "WWN" Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x WWN. If matches are found, the command displays the number of devices found. Operands This command has the following To display all the device PIDs matching a given WWN: switch:admin> nodefind "50:05:07:65:05:04:08:e5" 1 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 452
Fabric OS Commands See Also nsshow nsallshow nscamshow 452 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 453
the added feature of displaying the defined configuration aliases that the device belongs to. The message There is no entry in the Local Name Server is displayed if there is no information in this switch, but there still may be devices connected to other switches in the Fabric. The command nsallshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 454
aliases: switch:admin> Name: 20:02:00 20:00:00:fa:ce:00:21:1e; na FC4s: FCP [STOREX RS2999FCPH3 MT09] Fabric Port Name: 20 20:00:00:fa:ce:00:21:e1; na FC4s: FCP [STOREX RS2999FCPH3 CD09] Fabric Port Name: 20 20:00:00:fa:ce:04:83:c9; na FC4s: FCP [STOREX RS2999FCPH3 NS09] Fabric Port Name: 20 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 455
See Also nsshow nsallshow switchshow nsaliasshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 455 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 456
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the 24-bit Fibre Channel addresses of all devices in all switches causes the switch to send out a query to every switch in the "x ports supporting FC4 code" where x is the number of ports of a type, and - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 457
, followed by all type 8 (SCSI-FCP) devices and all type 5 (SCSI-FCIP) devices: switch:admin> nsAllShow 12 Nx_Ports in the Fabric { 011200 0118e2 0118e4 0118e8 0118ef 021200 0214e2 0214e4 0214e8 0214ef } switch:admin> nsAllShow 8 8 FCP Ports { 0118e2 0118e4 0118e8 0118ef 0214e2 0214e4 0214e8 0214ef - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 458
Cache. Synopsis nscamshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description service supported by the device. The device's port Worldwide Name. The device's node Worldwide Name. There may be additional lines if the device has registered any of the following information (the switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 459
show for remote switches: Switch entry for 2 state rev owner cold v250+ 0xfffc01 Hot device list: No Entry found! Cold device list: Type Pid COS PortName NodeName N 021200; 2,3;10:00:00:60:69:00:ab:ba;10:00:00:60:69:00:ab:ba; FC4s: FCIP Fabric Port Name: 20:02:00:60 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 460
line of output shows: * Type PID COS PortName NodeName Indicates a cached entry from another switch. U for unknown, N for N_Port, NL for NL_Port. 24-bit Fibre Channel address. List of classes of service supported by device. Device port World Wide Name. Device node World Wide Name. 460 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 461
switch automatically registers SCSI inquiry data for FCP target devices): ■ FC4s supported ■ IP address ■ IPA ■ Port and node symbolic names ■ Fabric Port Name-This is the WWN of the port on the switch that the device is physically connected name server information: switch:admin> nsshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 462
Fabric OS Commands See Also nsAllShow switchShow 462 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 463
nsstatshow nsstatshow Displays local Name Server statistical information. Synopsis nsstatshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description This command displays local Name Server statistical information. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 463 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 464
OS Commands Example To display local Name Server statistical information: switch:admin> nsstatshow Name Server Statistics { 69 invoked 2 invokedErr 0 deletions Errors 0 nobuf 0 inErrors 0 outErrors 0 unexpected } switch:admin> 0 noBuf 3 accepted 0 unexpected 0 truncated 0 GID_NN 0 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 465
nszonemember "PID" Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4 24-bit Fibre Channel address. List of classes of service supported by device. Device port World Wide Name. Device node information (the switch automatically registers SCSI inquiry data for FCP target devices): ■ FC4s supported ■ IP - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 466
online devices which are zoned with the given device: switch:admin> nszonemember 0x0416e2 3 local zoned members: Type Pid COS PortName NodeName T NL 041901; 2,3;10:00:00:00:c9:26:0e:ae;20:00:00:00:c9:26:0e:ae; n Fabric Port Name: 20:09:00:60:69:50:06:78 NL 0416e2; 3;22 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 467
DRAM read operations. DRAM parity checking is only available on specific switch models. If the current switch does not support parity checking an error is displayed. Operands This command has the disable parity checking. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 467 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 468
configuration...done. Parity check is now ON. switch:admin> parityCheck 0 Committing configuration...done. Parity check is now OFF. switch:admin> parityCheck 0 Parity not supported on system model: 4 Parity check already OFF. See Also ramTest 468 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 469
password. ■ If you are logged in as the Root user when changing another user level password, you are not prompted to enter the old password. ■ The command is disabled until you have changed all the login passwords from the manufacture default values. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 470
option is enabled on the fabric this command is disabled on all switches except the Primary FCS. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Refer to the HP StorageWorks Extended Fabric Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide for more information. The new password must fulfill these rules: ■ For V3.1.x, the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 471
change the Admin user name and password using V3.1.x: switch:admin> passwd "admin" New username [admin]: maint Old password: ******** New password: ******** Re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. Saving password to stable storage. Password saved to stable storage successfully. Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 472
OS Commands To change the password for the Admin user using V4.1.x: switch:admin> passwd "admin" Changing password for admin Enter new password: Re-type new password: Password changed. Saving password to stable storage. Password saved to stable storage successfully. switch:admin> Errors When - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 473
executed without any arguments, this command displays output from the latest panic dump file available on the switch. If a panic dump file is specified as an argument, the contents of that specific file are panic dump file. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 473 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 474
can be used to examine a panic dump file by the name panic_dump located under the directory /tmp: switch:admin> pdshow /tmp/panic_dump *** CAUTION *** * Host PLATFORM (current) is: 'Unknown' * PLATFORM truncated> See Also savecore portlogdump 474 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 475
number of words received, number of words transmitted and number of CRC errors detected with frames qualified using either of following two conditions: ■ For frames received at the port (with end-to-end monitor installed to-end monitor installed) the frame DID install a monitor on port - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 476
to B. TX_COUNT counts the traffic from B to A. Similarly, you can install a monitor on port D, specify point B as "SourceID" and point number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 477
Example To add an end-to-end monitor to blade 7 port 2: switch:admin> perfAddEEMonitor 7/2, "0x058e0f", "0x1182ef" End-to-End monitor number 0 added. switch:admin> See Also perfAddIPMonitor perfAddReadMonitor perfAddRWMonitor perfAddSCSIMonitor perfAddUserMonitor perfAddWriteMonitor Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 478
. All valid monitor numbers and user-defined aliases can be displayed with the perfShowFilterMonitor command. There is no need to define multiple IP frame monitors on a port. Note: This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. 478 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 479
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify a - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 480
with the perfShowFilterMonitor command. The maximum number of filters is 8 per port including user-defined filters, read filters, write filters, and read/write filters. Note: This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. 480 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 481
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify a - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 482
with the perfShowFilterMonitor command. The maximum number of filters is 8 per port including user-defined filters, read filters, write filters, and read/write filters. Note: This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. 482 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 483
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify a - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 484
All valid monitor numbers and user-defined aliases can be retrieved with the perfShowFilterMonitor command. There is no need to define multiple SCSI frame counters on a port. Note: This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. 484 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 485
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify a - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 486
alias is also displayed if one was specified. All valid monitor numbers and user-defined aliases can be retrieved with the perfShowFilterMonitor command. The maximum number of filters is 8 per port including user defined filters, read filters, write filters, and read/write filters. In addition - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 487
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 488
in the following format: "offset, Mask, ValueList; offset, Mask, ValueList" For example: "4, 0xff, 0x22; 12, 0xff, 0x01" The grouplist component values are as follows: ■ Offset - Specify the offset within the frame. marks. This operand is optional. 488 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 489
Example To add a filter based monitor for all Extended Link Service request (R_CTL=0x22 and TYPE=0x01) to blade 2 port 4: switch:admin> perfAddUserMonitor 2/4, "4, 0xff, 0x22; 12, 0xff, 0x01" User monitor #0 added switch:admin> As a special case, to add a filter based monitor for - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 490
with the perfShowFilterMonitor command. The maximum number of filters is 8 per port including user-defined filters, read filters, write filters and read/write filters. Note: This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. 490 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 491
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify a - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 492
This will clear Performance Monitoring settings in FLASH ROM. The RAM settings won't change. Do you want to continue? [y|n]y Please wait ... Committing configuration...done. Performance Monitoring configuration cleared from FLASH. switch:admin> 492 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 493
See Also perfCfgRestore perfCfgSave perfCfgClear Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 493 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 494
from non-volatile memory: switch:admin> perfCfgRestore This will overwrite current Performance Monitoring settings in RAM. Do you want to continue? [y|n]y Please wait ... Performance monitoring configuration restored from FLASH ROM. switch:admin> 494 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 495
See Also perfCfgClear perfCfgSave perfCfgRestore Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 495 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 496
Example To save the current performance monitoring configuration to firmware: switch:admin> perfCfgSave This will overwrite previously saved Committing configuration...done. Performance monitoring configuration saved in FLASH ROM. switch:admin> 496 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 497
See Also perfCfgClear perfCfgRestore perfCfgSave Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 497 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 498
will confirm that this monitor's counters have successfully been cleared. Prior to issuing this command, verify all the valid End-to-End monitor numbers on a specific port using the perfshoweemonitor command to make sure that the right monitor's counters will be cleared. Note: This command requires - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 499
the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber monitorId Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 500
shell will confirm that this monitor's counters have successfully been cleared. Prior to issuing this command, verify all the valid monitor numbers user-defined aliases on a specific port using the pershowfiltermonitor command to make sure that the right monitor's counters will be cleared. Note - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 501
the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber monitorId Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 502
this command to clear a specific AL_PA device's CRC error counter. If the AL_PA is provided as an operand only the counters for that device are reset; if no AL_PA is specified this command clears the CRC counters for all AL_PA devices on the specified port. Note: This command requires an Advanced - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 503
has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber ALPA Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 504
displays confirming that this monitor has successfully been deleted. Prior to issuing this command, verify all the valid end-to-end monitor numbers on a specific port using the perfshowfiltermonitor command to make sure that the right monitor is deleted. Note: This command requires an Advanced - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 505
the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber monitorId Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 506
command, the telnet shell confirms that this monitor has successfully been deleted. Prior to issuing this command, verify all the valid monitor numbers and user-defined aliases on a specific port using the perfShowFilterMonitor command to make sure that the right monitor will be deleted. Note: This - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 507
the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber monitorId Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 508
Fabric OS Commands perfHelp Displays performance monitoring help information. Synopsis perfHelp Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the available performance monitoring help commands. Note: This command requires an Advanced Performance - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 509
switch: configuration Restore Performance configuration Clear Performance settings from flash Clear ALPA device's CRC count Get ALPA CRC count by port and ALPA Add end-to-end monitor to a port Delete an end-to-end monitor on port Clear an end-to-end monitor's counters on port Show user - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 510
EE monitors of a port. This command enables a user to selectively choose the kind of Fibre Channel frames in which the number of words are to be counted. EE monitors are EE monitors set. When you reset mask, the counters are also reset to 0. 510 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 511
RxDIDMsk Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each in quotation marks. This operand is required. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 511 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 512
To set the overall mask for end-to-end monitors on blade 2 port 4: switch:admin> perfsetporteemask 2/4, "00:00:00", "ff:ff:ff", "00:00:ff", "ff:00:00" The EE mask on port 6 is set and EE counters are reset. switch:admin> See Also perfAddEEMonitor 512 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 513
portnumber[, ALPA] Synopsis: V4.1.x perfShowAlpaCrc [slotnumber/]portnumber[, ALPA] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display a specific AL_PA Advanced Performance Monitoring license. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 513 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 514
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 515
perfShowEEMonitor [slotnumber/]portnumber[, interval] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use can display (if no interval operand is specified): ■ Key - the monitor number ■ SID - Sending ID ■ DID - Destination ID ■ Owner_app - TELNET or 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 515 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 516
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number , 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify an - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 517
52m 4.6m 0 52m 4.6m 0 52m 4.6m 0 52m 0 To display EE monitors on blade 4 port 5: switch:admin> perfshoweemonitor 4/5 There are 7 end-to-end monitor(s) defined on port 5. KEY SID DID OWNER_APP OWNER_IP_ADDR TX_COUNT format and is cumulative. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 517 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 518
Fabric OS Commands See Also perfAddEEMonitor 518 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 519
[slotnumber/]portnumber[, interval] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description can display (if no interval operand is specified): ■ Key - the monitor number ■ Alias - the monitor alias name ■ Owner_app - Telnet or Web_Tools ■ 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 519 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 520
portnumber interval Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port 204 717 717 717 513 204 520 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 521
display filter monitor information on blade 2 port 5: switch:admin> perfshowfiltermonitor 2/5 There are 7 filter-based WEB_TOOLS 192.168.169.40 0x0000000000002208 6 SCSI_WR WEB_TOOLS 192.168.169.40 0x000000000000033a switch:admin> Note: If you do not specify an interval the filter based - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 522
Synopsis: V4.1.x perfShowPortEEMask [slotnumber/]portnumber Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command of the EE mask, perfSetPortEEMask and perfCfgRestore. The end-to-end mask has 12 fields: TxSID Domain: on TxSID Area: on TxSID ALPA: on TxDID Domain: Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 523
command has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 524
Fabric OS Commands See Also perfAddEEMonitor perfDelEEMonitor perfShowEEMonitor perfSetPortEEMask perfShowPortEEMask 524 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 525
and will not create pki objects. Operands None. Example To create pki objects in non-secure mode: switch:admin> pkicreate Installing Private Key and Csr... Switch key pair and CSR generated... Installing Root Certificate... switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 525 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 526
Fabric OS Commands If run in secure mode the following error message is displayed: switch:admin> pkicreate Warning !! Switch is in secure mode. Can not create new Pki Objects. Exiting... See Also None. 526 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 527
the security functionality of this fibre channel switch. If you want secure mode enabled, you will need to get the switch certificate again. About to remove Pki objects. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y All PKI objects removed. switch:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 527 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 528
Fabric OS Commands If run in secure mode the following error message is displayed: switch:admin> pkiremove This Switch is in secure mode. Removing Pki objects is not allowed. Exiting... See Also None. 528 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 529
root certificate and switch certificate. Operands None. Example To view pki objects: switch:admin> pkishow Passphrase : Exist Private Key : Exist CSR : Exist Certificate : Empty Root Certificate: Exist switch:admin> See Also None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 529 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 530
DID entries SID Free DID Free Displays the total number of CAM entries used by this port. Please ports in the same quad. Displays the total number of CAM entries used by this port. Please note total number of free SID CAM entries per quad. Displays the total number of free DID CAM - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 531
command has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 532
switch:admin> portcamshow 3 Area SID used DID used SID entries DID entries 3 3 4 220100 2b23e8 220800 2b23e2 220c00 2b23e0 2b23e4 Quad ports (SID Free, DID Free) 0-3 (61, 508) switch:admin> See Also portzoneshow switchshow 532 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 533
to reset any special configuration values on a port to their factory defaults. You can view the current port configuration using the portcfgshow command. Operands This command has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 534
to factory defaults: switch:admin> portcfgdefault 1/3 Committing configuration...done. See Also portcfgeport portcfggport portcfglongdistance portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentenable portcfglport portcfgspeed portcfgshow portcfgtrunkport 534 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 535
a user to enable or disable a port from becoming an E_Port. The E_Port capability is enabled by default unless this command is used to disable it. When a port is configured as a non-E_Port through this command, an ISL connected to this port will be segmented. No data traffic between two switches - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 536
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch switch:admin> portCfgEport 2/3, 0 Committing configuration...done. switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 537
user to designate a port as a locked G_Port. Once this is done, the switch to the port initiates loop communication, then the switch responds accordingly and the port can then become an the switch; it does not change how the switch responds to initialization requests. The configuration is saved - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 538
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number example configures blade 2 port 3 as a locked G_Port: switch:admin> portCfgGport 2/3, 1 done. See Also configure portCfgShow portShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 539
fabric. Refer to the configure command for more information on the Core PID format. Use the portcfgshow command to view the enabled modes on a port. Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 540
for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify 1 to enable ISL R_RDY mode. Specify 0 to disable ISL R_RDY mode. This operand is required. Example To enable ISL R_RDY mode on switch port 3: switch:admin> portcfgislmode 3, 1 Committing configuration...done. ISL - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 541
support a long distance link of up to 100 km. The port is used as an E_Port. The configuration is saved in the non-volatile memory and is persistent across switch number. The level value must be one of the following: ■ L0: Deconfigure the port to be a regular switch port. This option supports up - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 542
to the HP StorageWorks Extended Fabric Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide for more information. Description V4.1.x Use this command to allocate enough full size frame buffers on a particular port to support a long distance link up to 100km. The port can only be used as an E_Port. The configuration is - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 543
Ctrl-D cancels the configuration update. When a port is configured to be a long is not supported with LE, L1, and L2 portcfglongdistance modes. Trunking is supported for HP StorageWorks Extended Fabric Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide for more information. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 544
Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. This operand indicates the distance to the connected port. This operand is required. The valid values for this operand are: ■ L0: Deconfigure the port to be a regular switch port. This option supports up to 10 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 545
, so do port 4-7, etc. Refer to the HP StorageWorks Extended Fabric Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide for more information on limitations in port configurations. Example The following example is for a 50 km link on a port in a V3.1.x switch: switch:admin> portCfgLongDistance 3, "L1" done. Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 546
Fabric OS Commands The following example configures the switch port 4/15 to support a 100km link and be initialized using long distance link initialization protocol. with V4.1.x: switch:admin> portCcfgLlongDdistance 24/31,5 L2 1 done. switch:admin> portshow 4/15 portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 547
L_PORT. The switch will then only attempt to initialize that port as an FL_PORT. The switch never attempts port initiates point-to-point communication, then the switch will respond accordingly, and the port may then switch initiates. It does not change how the switch responds to initialization requests - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 548
16 ports counted from the bottom, 0 to 15. Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. Specify 1 to configure the specified port as a locked L_PORT. Specify 0 to de-configure the specified port from its previous role as a locked - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 549
the ports within the switch. Like all other configurable port attributes, port persistent disable will not be affected by configdefault command. But it will be cleared by portcfgdefault command, because a port, by default, is enabled persistently. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 549 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 550
for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand is required. When no operand is specified, the command reports the current port persistent disable status for all ports in the switch. The value of YES is displayed for ports that are persistently disabled. Example To configure port - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 551
ports within the switch. The configuration commands, configdefault and portcfgdefault, do not modify the persistent enable attribute of a port. This command has the following operands: portnumber Specify a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This operand - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 552
configuration...done. switch:admin> portcfgpersistentenable Ports: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Enabled - - - YES - - - switch:admin> See Also configure configshow configdefault portcfgdefault portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgshow portshow switchshow 552 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 553
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the current configuration of all ports. If no operand is specified, all the port configuration settings are displayed for that switch, or for the StorageWorks Core logical switch. The following configuration Guide 553 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 554
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 555
portCfgShow Example To display the configuration settings of ports on a switch in V3.1.x: switch:admin> portcfgshow Ports 0123 4567 Speed AN:AutoNegotiate, ..:OFF, ??:INVALID. LM:L0.5 switch:admin> See Also portCfgEport portCfgGport portCfgLport portCfgLongDistance portCfgTrunkport - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 556
port comes up with the new speed setting. The configuration is saved in the non-volatile memory and is persistent across switch reboots or power cycles. If the command is portCfgShow command displays the user desired speed setting for a port. 556 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 557
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. configure the speed of blade 2 port 5 to 2 Gbps: switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 558
Fabric OS Commands portCfgTrunkport Configure a port to be enabled or disabled for trunking. Synopsis: V3.1.x portCfgTrunkport portnumber, mode Synopsis: V4.1.x a port for trunking. Note: This command requires a Trunking license. 558 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 559
has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber mode Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 560
port modules. Valid values are 1-5. Example The following example shows how portdebug can be used to set debug level and verbose level of port modules: switch:admin> portdebug 3, 4 See Also dbgshow setdbg 560 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 561
Description Use this command to disable a switch port. If the port is connected to another switch, the fabric may reconfigure. If the port is connected to one or more devices, the devices a disabled port flashes yellow with a two second cycle. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 561 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 562
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 563
V4.1.x Description Use this command to enable a switch port. If the port is connected to another switch, the fabric may reconfigure. If the port is connected to one or more devices, the devices panel LED of an enabled and online port is green. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 563 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 564
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 565
portErrShow portErrShow Displays port error summary. Synopsis portErrShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display an error loss sync Loss of synchronization. loss sig Loss of signal. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 565 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 566
has a high number of errors and should be examined: switch:admin> portErrShow 12: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 13: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 14: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 15: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 See Also portShow portStatsShow 566 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 567
portflagsshow Displays the port status bitmaps for all ports in a switch Synopsis portflagsshow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display active, and the port type. Options None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 567 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 568
To display the port status for all ports in the switch: switch:admin> portflagsshow Port SNMP Physical Flags 0: Offline No_Module PRESENT No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED 11: Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED 12: Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED 13: Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 569
user port LEDs in the current switch disable the current switch (using the switchdisable can enable the current switch (using the switchenable number of times to perform this test. The default value is 10. Specify a list of user ports to run the test. If omitted, all the active ports in the switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 570
Fabric OS Commands Example To test port LEDs: switch:admin> portledtest -ports 1/1-1/5 passed. switch:admin> See Also itemlist ledtest switchdisable switchenable 570 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 571
preserve information needed to understand the error (new events are not collected so that existing information is not overwritten). Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 571 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 572
> portLogClear switch:admin> portLogShow port log is empty switch:admin> Errors See Also The following errors disable the port log: FCIU, IUBAD FCIU, IUCOUNT FCPH, EXCHBAD FCPH, EXCHFREE NBFSM, DUPEPORTSCN UCAST, RELICPDB portLogDump portLogShow 572 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 573
]]] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x user to enter "returns" between each page. Port logs are circular log files in the switch firmware, which can save up to 1024 entries per logical switch in V3.1.x and up to 8000 entries per logical switch switch procedure that logged the event. Displays - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 574
HP StorageWorks Fabric Operating System Procedures Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. This command has the following operands: count saved portid Specify the maximum number To display the port log: switch:admin> portlogdump 10 time task event 51:15.499 tShell ioctl 12 de 10f9bb90,0 16:51: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 575
See Also portLogClear portLogShow uptime portLogDump Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 575 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 576
V4.1.x portLogDumpPort portid Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x user to type return between each page of output. Port logs are circular log files in the switch firmware, which can save up to 1024 entries per logical switch in V3.1.x and up to 8000 entries per logical switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 577
HP StorageWorks Fabric Operating System Procedures Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. This command has the following operands: port (V3.1.x only) portid (V4.1.x only) Specify the port you want to display the port log for. Valid input varies depending on switch type. Specify the area number 20 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 578
Fabric OS Commands See Also portLogClear portLogShow uptime 578 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 579
for FLOGIs and EE (End to End) Credit for PLOGIs. The default frame size for this login. Class of Services supported. This can be a combination of the following bit: 8 - Class of Service includes class 2. 10 - Class of Service includes class 3. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 579 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 580
Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each 0 0 8 d_id=FFFFFC See Also portshow fcpprobeshow 580 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 581
the following operand: lvl Specify either 0 to clear the flag or 1 to set the pdisc_flag. Example The following example shows how to set the pdisc_flag: switch:admin> portlogpdisc 1 PDISC log setting = 1 See Also None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 582
saved, portid] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4 switch firmware, which can save up to 1024 entries per logical switch in V3.1.x and up to 8000 entries per logical switch switch procedure that logged the event. Displays the task event that generated log entry. Displays the Port number - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 583
HP StorageWorks Fabric Operating System Procedures Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. This command has the following operands: count saved portid Specify the maximum number specify the area number of port to be displayed. If a port area number is specified, all other ports on the switch are ignored. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 584
Example To display the port log: switch:admin> portlogshow 10 Oct 16 task event port cmd args WED OCT 16 12:35:24 2002 12:35:24.199 tReceive debug 5 efd00020,00000102,00000000,00000000 12:35:24.199 tReceive debug 5 dede0001,00000f37,00000000,00000000 12:35:24.199 tReceive pstate 5 LR3 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 585
portlogshowport [portid] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4 except that portlogdump does not prompts the user to type return between each page of V3.1.x only) Specify the maximum number of lines to display. Only the the saved port log from the last switch fault. See uptime for a list of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 586
log with an E_Port coming online. The ELP and EFP exchanges are shown; a name service request was processed. switch:admin> portlogshowport 24 Feb 6 task event port cmd args 08:35:27.899 tShell pstate portlogdump portlogshow uptime 586 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 587
] Synopsis: V4.1.x portLoopbackTest [--slot number][-nframes count] [-lb_mode mode][-spd_mode Description Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch by sending frames from the port N transmitter, and looping the , DiscC3 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 587 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 588
loopback cable) test to determine those switch components that are not functioning properly. This command has the following operands: passCount (V3.1.x only) --slot number (V4.1.x only) -nframes count (V4.1.x only) Specify the number of times (or number of frames per port) to execute this - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 589
mode selected. When speed modes 3 through 6 are used with cables, they must be connected EVEN to ODD or the test will fail. ■ 0: set all ports' speed for auto- 2 Gbit/sec. Specify a list of user ports to test. By default all of the user ports in the current switch are tested. This option may be used - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 590
portLoopbackTest 100 Running Port Loopback Test .... passed. To run the portLoopbackTest (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> portloopbacktest -ports 1/38-1/45 -nframes 1 -lb_mode 1 Running Port Loopback Test ERRSTAT INIT PORTDIED STATS TIMEOUT XMIT 590 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 591
See Also camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest filtertest portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest portLoopbackTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 591 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 592
is used as the default port name when a port had no user assigned name. A port name can be reset to the default value by executing the portname command with the second operand as a null string. Like all other configurable port attributes, port name will be persistent across reboots and power cycles - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 593
slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so to a port: switch:admin> portname 1/3, "Tape drive 5" Committing configuration...done. Tape drive 5 switch:admin> portname 1/3 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 594
for all ports on the switch (8 or 16 columns depending on the switch model). One output line is displayed per interval (or second if no interval is specified) until Enter, Ctrl-C, or Ctrl-D is entered. Shown are the number of bytes received plus the number of bytes transmitted per interval - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 595
for a 16 port switch: switch:admin> portperfshow 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76m 96 0 96 0 0 96 0 76m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76m To display port throughput for a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> portPerfShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 596
ASIC SRAMs and registers. Synopsis: V3.1.x portRegTest Synopsis: V4.1.x portRegTest [--slot number][-ports itemlist] [-skiptests mask][-verbose mode] Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and .1.x: 1. 0x0001 2. 0x0002 3. 0x0004 4. 0x0008 5. 0x0010 596 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 597
0x0080 9. 0x0100 10. 0x0200 11. 0x0400 12. 0x0800 13. 0x1000 14. 0x2000 15 command has the following operands: --slot number -ports itemlist Specify the slot number that the diagnostic will operate on. The ports specified will be relative to this slot number. The default is 0. Specify a list - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 598
Example To run bit write/read test of the ASIC SRAMs and registers (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> portRegTest Running Port Register Test .... passed. To run bit write/read test of the ASIC SRAMs ■ For V4.1.x: BUS_TIMEOUT REGERR REGERR_UNRST 598 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 599
See Also camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest filtertest itemlist portloopbacktest spinsilk sramretentiontest statstest portRegTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 599 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 600
All users. Release number to domain number. This table contains at least one entry for each active port: local_switch_domain_number: 0x10000 This is for routing unicast frames designated to the embedded port of the local switch element. 600 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 601
command has the following operand: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 602
To display the port routing tables for blade 4 port 15: switch:admin> portRouteShow 4/15 port address ID: 0x02bf00 external unicast routing all mcast aliases) 0x40 broadcast routing table: 0x19040 san116:user> See Also bcastShow fabricShow mcastShow switchShow topologyShow uRouteShow 602 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 603
: V3.1.x portShow portnumber Synopsis: V4.1.x portShow [slotnumber/]portnumber Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display status information for a port. Information varies with the switch model and port type. The display shows: Table 15: PortShow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 604
notification for port. 24-bit D_ID for port. Port WWNs of devices connected. The port's long distance level. The port's fixed speed level or negotiated number of interrupts. Interrupts that are not counted elsewhere. Low-level interface (physical state, primitive seqs). Frames delivered for embedded - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 605
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 606
status for a specified E_Port: switch:admin> portshow 15 portNamsew:itch 20p:o0r5t:S0p0e:e6d0::629G:bcp0s:06:71 portWwn of device(s) connected: 20:05:00:60:69:c0:06:71 Distance: noIrnmtaelrrupts: 0 Link_failure admin>0 Ols_in: 7 Ols_out: 7 switch:admin> See Also switchShow 606 Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 607
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 608
Fabric OS Commands Example To clear the hardware statistics for slot 8 port 5: switch:admin> portstatsclear 8/5 switch:admin> See Also portstatshow 608 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 609
V3.1.x portStatsShow portnumber Synopsis: V4.1.x portStatsShow [slotnumber/]portnumber Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display high priority. Time BB_credit zero. Encoding errors inside frames. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 609 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 610
FL_Port entered TRANSFER state. Number of times the FL_Port entered OPENED state. Loop tenancies stopped due to starvation. Number of times FL_Port had loop tenancy. Number of times NL_Port had loop tenancy. Frames rejected due to zone protection. 610 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 611
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 612
statistics for blade 2 port 3: switch:admin> portstatsshow 2/5 stat_wtx 24081 4-byte frames received stat_lc_rx 12 Link control frames received number of times FL has the tenancy nl_tenancy 0 number of times NL has the tenancy frame_nozone 0 frames rejected due to zone protection switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 613
This command has the following operands: slotnumber port1 port2 Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 614
Fabric OS Commands Example The following command swaps area numbers between port 2 on slot1 with port5 on slot2: switch:admin> portswap 1/2 2/5 See Also switchshow portshow portenable portdisable portswapshow 614 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 615
command cannot be used once this feature is disabled. Operands None. Example The following command disables the portswap feature: switch:admin> portswapdisable done. See Also portenable portdisable portshow portswapenable portswapshow switchshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 616
. The portswap command cannot be used unless the feature is first enabled with this command. Operands None. Example The following command enables the portswap feature: switch:admin> portswapenable done. switch:admin> 616 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 617
See Also portenable portdisable portshow portswapenable portswapshow switchshow portswapenable Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 617 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 618
default area number of a port is same as its switch port number. Operands None. Example To display information for port area IDs that have been swapped: switch:admin> portswapshow PortSwap is enabled No ports have been swapped switch:admin> 618 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 619
See Also errshow portenable portdisable portshow portswap portswapdisable portswapenable switchshow portswapshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 619 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 620
replaceable element and isolate problems to near-end terminal equipment, far-end terminal equipment, or transmission line. Diagnostics can be executed every day, and also on demand to troubleshoot a failure. This command verifies the intended functional operation of the switch by sending frames from - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 621
test will continue on a given port as long as it is supported. If a request is made to test all possible ports on a given switch, the command will start a new test using the new port F_ports. -5 All N->N Loopback ports. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 621 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 622
the number of times (or number of 20 minutes. This operand is optional. Specify the maximum number supported user ports in the current slot will be assumed. See itemlist help pages for further details. Specify the number of times (or number of frames per port) to execute this test. Default value is 20 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 623
.1.x example): switch:admin> porttest -1,1000 To run a functional test on an active switch (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> porttest -ports 1/1-1/3 See Also crossporttest fporttest loopporttest portloopbacktest porttestshow spinfab stopporttest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 623 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 624
tested. ■ Current State of portTest: - NO TEST - TESTING - TEST DONE ■ Type of ports asked to test: - ALL_PORTS - ALL_E_PORTS - ALL_L_PORTS - ALL_F_PORTS 624 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 625
- SINGLE_PORT ■ pattern used in testing. ■ seed used in testing. ■ User Delay value. ■ Total iteration value. ■ Current test iteration. ■ Total all ports.This operand is optional. Specify a list of user ports to test. By default all the user ports in the current slot will be assumed. See itemlist - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 626
Example To view information on the current execution of the porttest command: switch:admin> porttestshow 6 Port 6 : PASS PortType: LOOPBACK PORT PortState: 100 TotalFail: 0 StartTime: Jul 1 09:03:49 Timeout: 0 switch:admin> CurrentIteration: 22 ConsecutiveFail: 0 StopTime: NONE ErrorCode: 0 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 627
enough power for the system to operate. The format of the display varies depending on the switch model and the number of slots present. When this command is executed, the first item displayed is the current and commit the changes. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 627 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 628
Commands Example To modify the power off list order: switch:admin> powerofflistset Slot Current POL 10 1st 9 2nd to change the POL order? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y switch:admin> See Also chassisshow powerofflistshow psshow slotpoweroff slotpoweron slotshow 628 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 629
list order. Synopsis powerofflistshow Availability All users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this operate. The format of the display varies depending on the switch model and the number of slots present. Operands None. Example To display the slot Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 629 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 630
Fabric OS Commands See Also chassisshow powerofflistset psshow slotpoweroff slotpoweron slotshow 630 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 631
format of the display varies according to the switch model and number of power supplies present. Optionally, depending upon switch model, the OEM Serial ID Data is displayed after each power supply status line. The StorageWorks Core switch cannot display power supply status: Power Supply status - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 632
Fabric OS Commands Example To view the status of the power supply for the current switch: switch:admin> psShow Power Supply #1 is OK DELTA DPS-1001AB-1E 23000000601 S1 Power IXD0111000088 IXD0111000162 IXD0111000120 See Also fanShow tempShow 632 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 633
is not intended for normal user operation and is available to provide supplemental information during system debug. Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 634
Commands Example To display the port data structure for slot 1 port 1: switch:admin> ptdatashow 1/1 Port Data Structure for slot: 1, port: 1 blm_chip_idx 1 blm_miniS_idx 1 blm_blade_idx 1 --- --- See Also None. 634 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 635
CAM tables. Synopsis ptphantomshow [slotnumber/]portnumber Availability All users.. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display for normal user operation and is available to provide supplemental information during system debug. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 635 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 636
Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 637
ptpropshow [slotnumber/]portnumber | [slot] -all Availability All users.. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the ASIC specified port. Note: This command is not intended for normal user operation and is available to provide supplemental information during system debug - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 638
number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number a port number. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. This slot 1 port 2: switch:admin> ptpropshow 1/2 Port Property for - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 639
is not intended for normal user operation and is available to provide supplemental information during system debug. Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 640
Fabric OS Commands Example To display the port registers for slot 1 port 1: switch:admin> ptregshow 1/1 Port Registers for slot: 1, port: 1 0xc9b17000: chip_id 0104 0xc9b17004: 00010000 00080180 00020000 0104 0000 ffffffff See Also None. 640 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 641
is not intended for normal user operation and is available to provide supplemental information during system debug. Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 642
Fabric OS Commands Example To display the port routing properties for slot 1 port 3: switch:admin> ptrouteshow 1/3 Port Routing table for slot: 1, port: 3 port address ID: 0x130000 external unicast routing table: internal unicast routing table: multicast routing table: broadcast routing - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 643
is not intended for normal user operation and is available to provide supplemental information during system debug. Operands This command has the following operands: slotnumber portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 644
switch:admin> ptstatsshow 1/3 Port Statistics for slot: 1, port: 3 Connection type: BE Configured Speed: 2 Interrupts: 60 Link_failure: 0 Unknown: 2 Loss_of_sync: 0 Lli: 20 CMI_bus_err: 0 --- --- See Also ptstatsshow 644 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 645
on dual switches, this command disables the local switch and causes the partner switch to re-initialize to a single-switch QuickLoop, containing only the devices connected to the partner switch. Note: If Advanced Zoning license. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 645 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 646
Fabric OS Commands Example The following entry disables QuickLoop mode: switch:admin> qldisable Setting switch to Fabric mode, Committing configuration...done. Re-enable FL_Ports switch:admin> See Also qlEnable qlPortDisable qlShow 646 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 647
enable QuickLoop mode on a switch. All devices connected to QuickLoop ports are re-initialized to form a single loop. If a partner switch is configured, qlEnable causes re-initialization initialization. Brings the QuickLoop up to operation. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 647 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 648
requires an Advanced Zoning license. Operands None. Example The following entry enables QuickLoop mode: switch:admin> qlenable Setting switch to Quick Loop mode, Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> See Also qlDisable qlPortEnable qlShow 648 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 649
is enabled, all QuickLoops defined in the configuration must resolve to one or two switch World Wide Names. Zone alias names entered as members of this QuickLoop must be defined with WWNs. Zone alias names that are defined by domain and port number, or AL_PA are not accepted as members of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 650
. Include one or more of the following: ■ World Wide Names ■ Zone alias names Example To add an alias for a second World Wide Name to "qlp1": switch:admin> qloopAdd "qlp1", "wwn2" See Also qloopCreate qloopDelete qloopRemove qloopShow 650 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 651
a letter and be followed by any number of letters, digits, and underscore characters. configuration must resolve to a maximum of two switch World Wide Names. Zone alias names entered as members of this QuickLoop must be defined with WWNs. Zone alias names that are defined by domain and port number - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 652
following: ■ World Wide Names ■ Zone alias names Example To create two QuickLoops, a single switch and one dual switch: switch:admin> qloopCreate "qlp1", "10:00:00:60:69:00:60:11" switch:admin> qloopCreate "qlp2", "wwn2; wwn3" See Also qloopAdd qloopDelete qloopRemove qloopShow 652 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 653
Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands The following operands are required: qloopName (V3.1.x only) name (V4.1.x only) Specify the name of QuickLoop, in quotation marks. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 654
Fabric OS Commands Example To delete QuickLoop "qloop2": switch:admin> qloopDelete "qloop2" See Also qloopAdd qloopCreate qloopRemove qloopShow 654 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 655
zone configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 655 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 656
marks, separated by semicolons. Include one or more of the following: ■ World Wide Names ■ Zone alias names Example To remove member "wwn2" from "qlp1": switch:admin> qloopRemove "qlp1", "wwn2" See Also qloopAdd qloopCreate qloopDelete qloopShow 656 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 657
zone configuration must be enabled using the cfgEnable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 657 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 658
contents of RAM, specify 0 to display the contents of the transaction buffer. The default value is 0. Example To display all QuickLoops beginning with the letter "q": switch:admin> qloopShow "q*" qloop: qlp1 10:00:00:60:69:00:60:11 10:00:00:60:69:00:30:02 qloop: qlp2 10:00:00 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 659
to single/dual switch mode or to be single or dual switch. If in dual switch mode, the partner's WWN part of the fabric) for a switch is specified, that switch becomes the QuickLoop partner. The switch is then restarted to run in dual switch In this case, dual switch QuickLoops can be managed - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 660
the QuickLoop to run on a single switch. Specify a WWN to set the QuickLoop to run on dual switches. This operand is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. Example To set another switch as a QuickLoop partner switch: switch: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 661
mode. This excludes any devices connected to the port from the QuickLoop, and causes the switch to re-initialize the QuickLoop. If the switch that the port belongs to the port number to be modified from QuickLoop mode to fabric mode. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 662
Fabric OS Commands Example To change port 4 from QuickLoop mode to fabric mode: switch:admin> qlPortDisable 4 See Also qlDisable qlPortEnable qlShow 662 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 663
mode. This includes any devices connected to this port in the QuickLoop, and causes the switch to re-initialize the QuickLoop. If the switch that the port belongs to has the port number to be modified from fabric mode to QuickLoop mode. Valid values for port number vary depending on the switch type. - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 664
Fabric OS Commands Example To change port 4 from fabric mode to QuickLoop mode: switch:admin> qlPortEnable 4 See Also qlEnable qlPortDisable qlShow 664 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 665
qlPortShowAll qlPortShowAll Displays QuickLoop port information. Synopsis qlPortShowAll Availability All users. Release V3.1.x Description Use this command to display the QuickLoop port information state Port is not in QuickLoop mode Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 665 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 666
. Example The following entry displays QuickLoop port information: switch:admin> qlPortShowAll PortNum QuickLoop Mode Port State 0 Disabled Disabled ---- 4 Disabled ---- 5 Disabled ---- 6 Disabled ---- 7 Disabled ---- switch:admin> E PORT E PORT E PORT E PORT E PORT E PORT E - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 667
or single (indicating dual or single switch QuickLoop) The AL_PA bitmaps of devices on the QuickLoop. AL_PAs of devices on partner switch. AL_PAs are listed per port base. AL_PAs of devices connected to this switch. AL_PAs are listed per port base. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 667 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 668
Looplet being bypassed Error found in this looplet Looplet offline Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. Operands None. 668 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 669
Example The following entry displays QuickLoop information: switch:admin> qlShow Self: 10:00:00:60:69:20:26:2a domain 1 State: Online Scope: 4: offline Looplet 5: offline Looplet 6: offline Looplet 7: offline switch:admin> See Also qlStatsShow qlShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 670
when two switches are configured to run as peers in QuickLoop. Number of times QuickLoop is enabled. Number of times QuickLoop is disabled. Port that caused last QuickLoop initialization. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. 670 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 671
init time : Jan 1 00:00:00.000 QL init attempted : 0 QL init succeeded : 0 Single switch QL : 0 Dual switch QL : 0 QL enabled : 0 QL disabled : 0 Port started last init : 0 on switch 2 switch:admin> See Also portStatShow qlShow qlStatsShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 672
Synopsis quietMode [mode] Availability All users (display). Admin (set/clear). Release V3.1.x Description Use this command to change the output displayed on the switch console (serial port or telnet session). By current value is displayed. 672 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 673
Example To display the current mode, then reset to ON: switch:admin> quietMode Quiet Mode is OFF switch:admin> quietMode 1 Committing configuration...done. Quiet Mode is now ON switch:admin> See Also ramTest quietMode Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 673 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 674
this command to verify the address and data bus of the SDRAMs that serve as CPU memory in the switch. The test consists of two subtests: 1. The address subtest verifies that SDRAM locations can be uniquely or stuck-at-0 faults between data cells. 674 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 675
Specify a number from 0 to 9 to determine the number of patterns number of patterns. Any value over 9 is truncated to 9. Only the data subtest is configurable . The address subtest is always executed. This operand is optional. Example To run the RAM test on a switch: switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 676
failures are detected: DIAG-MEMORY DIAG-MEMSZ DIAG-MEMNULL camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest crossporttest cmitest filtertest portloopbacktest portregtest spinsilk sramretentiontest statstest 676 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 677
as the switch resets, then executes the normal power-on booting sequence. While the switch is rebooting, the telnet session is closed and all Fibre Channel ports are inactive. If the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. Note: For the StorageWorks Core switch, the reboot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 678
is for the StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> reboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. This will cause disruption to devices attached to both switch 0 and switch 1. To just reboot a logical switch on this system - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 679
routeHelp Displays routing help commands. Synopsis routeHelp Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display routing help commands. Operands None. routeHelp Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 679 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 680
To view a list of routing related commands: switch:admin> routeHelp bcastShow dlsReset dlsSet dlsShow fspfShow interfaceShow information Reset FSPF neighbor's counters Print paths to domain(s) Configure static unicast route Remove static unicast route Print port's unicast routing info switch: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 681
which will not be prompted for if given in the command line. Operands This command has the following operands: -h host_name -u user_name -p password -d remote_directory Specify a host-name if FTP requires it. Specify a user-name for login in the above host-name default will be anonymous. Specify - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 682
OS Commands Example To remove core files from the current switch: switch:admin> savecore following 1 directories contains core files: [ removing core files under: /mnt/core_files/secd Done! switch:admin> savecore No core files found! switch:admin> See Also diaghelp 682 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 683
Addr Name Displays whether the switch is the Primary FCS, Backup FCS, or Non FCS. Displays switch. Displays the Domain of the switch. Displays the security state of the switch. Ready - This switch is in a stable state. Busy - This switch is updating its security database. Error - This switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 684
:23 1 Ready 192.168.100.148 "nonfcs" Backup 10:00:00:60:69:00:12:53 2 Ready 192.168.100.147 "backup" Primary 10:00:00:60:69:22:32:83 3 Ready 192.168.100.135 "primaryfcs" Secured switches in the fabric: 3 primaryfcs:admin> See Also secpolicydump secpolicyshow 684 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 685
this command will become the new Primary FCS switch in the fabric. The purpose of this command is to recover from a scenario where all available access to the Primary FCS switch is lost, such as the Ethernet and serial connections. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 685 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 686
switch to take over as the Primary FCS switch: switch:admin> secfcsfailover This switch is about to become the Primary FCS switch. All transactions of the current Primary FCS switch before you issue secPolicyActivate again. switch:admin> See Also secfabricshow secmodedisable secmodeenable secmodeshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 687
.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display a list of security telnet commands. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 687 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 688
switch Enable security mode Disable security mode Show current mode of security Set non FCS password switches Show members of one or more policies Dump all policies Reset security statistics Display security statistics Set temporary password Reset temporary password Abort current transaction Reset - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 689
Disable security mode. Synopsis secmodedisable Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to disable security mode on all switches in the fabric. This command deletes both the defined and active security database. Note: This command must be issued from the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 690
security mode: primaryfcs:admin> secmodedisable Warning!!! About to disable security. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Committing configuration...done. Removing Active FMPS... done Removing Defined FMPS... done Disconnecting current session. See Also secfabricshow secmodeenable secmodeshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 691
switches in the fabric ■ Resets the Root, Factory, Admin, and User account passwords on all FCS switches ■ Resets the Admin account password on all Non FCS switches ■ Disables the Root, Factory, and User accounts on all non-FCS switches in the fabric Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 692
enter passwords for the following accounts: ■ Factory ■ Root ■ Admin ■ User If the fabric is not in secure mode and one or more specified FCS switches are , or switch name format. For example: "5; 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:20; star1" If a member is specified by Domain, or switch name, the switch must be - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 693
new password: New FCS switch admin password: Re-enter new password: New FCS switch user password: Re-enter new password: New Non FCS switch admin password: Re-enter new password: Saving passwd...done. Saving Defined FMPS ... done Saving Active FMPS ... done Committing configuration...done. Secure - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 694
Fabric OS Commands See Also secfabricshow secmodedisable secmodeshow 694 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 695
security database. ■ FCS switches - Displays a list of FCS switches. ■ Primary - Displays whether the switch is a Primary FCS or switch. ■ Did - Displays the Domain of the FCS switch. ■ swName - Displays the alias name of the FCS switch. Note: This command must be issued from the Primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 696
: 9182, Wed Mar 13 16:37:01 2001. POS Primary WWN DId swName. 1 Yes 10:00:00:60:69:00:00:5a 21 SW47. 2 No 12:00:00:60:60:03:23:5b 5 SW12. primaryfcs:admin> See Also secfabricshow secmodedisable secmodeenable 696 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 697
command also disables the root and factory accounts on all non-FCS switches in the fabric. The password must be between 8 and 40 characters long, and may consist of any combination of alpha-numeric characters. Note: Make sure no users are logged into the network when this command is executed. All - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 698
all non-FCS switches in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secnonfcspasswd Non FCS switch password: Re-enter new password: Committing configuration...done. primaryfcs:admin> See Also passwd secmodeenable secmodedisable secmodeshow sectemppasswdset 698 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 699
flash memory. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Example To abort all changes that have not > secpolicyabort No new data to abort. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 699 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 700
Fabric OS Commands See Also secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 700 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 701
None. Example To activate the defined security policy set to all switches in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicyactivate About to overwrite the current Active data. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Committing configuration...done. Saving Defined FMPS ... done Saving Active FMPS ... done - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 702
Fabric OS Commands See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 702 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 703
that management access method (the DCC_POLICY and OPTIONS_POLICY are exceptions). Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 704
DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user defined characters. These characters do sensitive. Specify a list of member switches for the security policy. The members using IP address, WWN, Domain, switch name, or other. IP Address number can be matched. 704 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 705
switch names. If Domain ID or switch names are used, the switches switch and port combination must be in the following format: where: can be specified using WWN, Domain, or switch name. can be specified by port number all ports on the switch. [3, 9] = selects switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 706
a member to the MS_POLICY using the device WWN: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicyadd "MS_POLICY", "12:24:45:10:0a:67:00:40" Member(s) have been added to MS_POLICY. primaryfcs: secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 706 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 707
only be created when enabling security mode using the secmodeenable command. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. If a TELNET_POLICY or SERIAL_POLICY is created that will end the current sectelnet or - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 708
followed by a string of user defined characters. These characters do Valid values for DCC_POLICY_nnn are user defined alphanumeric or underscore characters. IP address, WWN, Domain, or switch name. IP Address Member Policy Types number can be matched. 708 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 709
switch names. If Domain or switch names are used, the switches switch and port combination must be in the following format: where: can be specified using WWN, Domain, or switch name. can be specified by port number selects all ports on the switch. [3, 9] = selects switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 710
switches in the current fabric as members of the SCC_POLICY enter an asterisk "*" enclosed in quotation marks as the member value. This feature cannot be used by the other security telnet commands. Example Create a new single MS_POLICY that enables access through a device that has WWN of 12 Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 711
See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow secpolicycreate Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 711 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 712
members. If the policy is deleted all access is granted. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. 712 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 713
has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user defined characters. These characters do not have to be Note: Once a Security policy is deleted, fabric wide switch access through that method is unrestricted. Example To delete :admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 713 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 714
Fabric OS Commands See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 714 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 715
the Active and Defined (saved) databases with no page breaks. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 716
■ SCC_POLICY ■ OPTIONS_POLICY The specified policy name must be capitalized. The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names. This operand is optional. 716 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 717
:69:30:15:5c 1 primaryfcs HTTP_POLICY IpAddr 192.155.52.0 192.155.53.1 192.155.54.2 192.155.55.3 primaryfcs:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 717 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 718
ACTIVE POLICY SET TELNET_POLICY IpAddr 192.155.52.0 primaryfcs:admin> See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 718 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 719
FCS can be moved at a time. The first FCS switch in the list that is also present in the fabric is : This command must be issued from the Primary FCS switch. If a Backup FCS is moved to the first number of the FCS switch you want to move. Specify the position that you want to move the FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 720
Fabric OS Commands Example To move Backup FCS switch at position 2 to position 3 in the FCS list: switch5:admin> secpolicyfcsmove Pos Primary secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 720 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 721
, and you cannot remove the FCS members from the SCC_POLICY. Note: When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 722
the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user defined characters. These characters do not have to be can be specified using IP address, WWN, Domain, or switch name. IP Address Member Policy Types The following policy number can be matched. 722 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 723
switch names. If Domain or switch names are used, the switches switch and port combination must be in the following format: where: can be specified using WWN, Domain, or switch name. can be specified by port number selects all ports on the switch. [3, 9] = selects switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 724
:10:0a:67:00:40 from MS policy: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicyremove "MS_POLICY", "12:24:45:10:0a:67:00:40" Member(s) have been removed from MS_POLICY. . primaryfcs:admin> See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicysave secpolicyshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 725
command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Example To save new policy set in all switches in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicysave Committing configuration...done. Saving Define FMPS ... done primaryfcs:admin> Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 726
Fabric OS Commands See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicyshow 726 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 727
Active, or Defined security policy database. Users can specify which database to display. If not specified, all database are displayed. Users can specify to view a security policy by be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 728
■ SCC_POLICY ■ OPTIONS_POLICY The specified policy name must be capitalized. The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names, but are case sensitive. This operand is - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 729
1 primaryfcs HTTP_POLICY IpAddr 192.155.52.0 192.155.53.1 192.155.54.2 192.155.55.3 192.155.56.4 primaryfcs:admin> secpolicyshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 729 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 730
Fabric OS Commands See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave 730 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 731
this command to reset statistic data for a particular policy or all policies to zero. This command can be issued to any switch. If issued on the Primary FCS switch, this command can reset security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 731 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 732
list Specify the name of a security statistic you would like to reset. If executed on the Primary FCS, specify an asterisk (*) to represent required. Specify a list of domains to reset the security statistics on. Specify an asterisk (*) to represent all switches in the fabric or, specify a list - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 733
all statistics on the local switch: primaryfcs:admin> secstatsreset About to reset all security counters. Are you sure (yes, y, no, n):[no] y Security statistics reset to zero. primaryfcs:admin> Reset DCC_POLICY statistics on domains 1 and 69: primaryfcs:admin> secstatsreset "DCC_POLICY", "1;69 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 734
Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display security statistics for one or all security policies. This command can be issued to any switch. If issued on the Primary FCS switch, this command can retrieve and display the security statistics for any or all - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 735
statistics. If the list operand is specified, then this operand is required. Specify a list of domains to reset the security statistics on. Specify an asterisk (*) to represent all switches in the fabric or, specify a list of domains separated by semicolons. This operand is optional and the default - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 736
local switch: primaryfcs:admin> secstatsshow "MS_POLICY" Name Value MS 20 primaryfcs:admin> Displays statistic information for the "TELNET_POLICY" for all switches in TELNET_POLICY 0 primaryfcs:admin> See Also secfabricshow secstatsreset 736 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 737
sectemppasswdreset Reset a password on a remote switch. Synopsis sectemppasswdreset [domain[, login_name]] Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description This command allows the user to remove temporary passwords that had been set up using sectemppasswdset command. The password is - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 738
from which the temporary password are removed. This operand is optional. Example To remove temporary passwords: primaryfcs:admin> sectemppasswdreset password of every account on domain 2 Temporary password of each account on domain 2 has been successfully reset (if switch is non fcs switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 739
an account which has higher level than that of the current user logged into the primary FCS switch, you must enter the password of the same level account on the primary FCS switch. The password setup on the target is not persistent and will be reset to the secure fabric-wide setting when this target - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 740
this password: ******** Set remote switch root password: ******** Re-enter new password: ******** Account root has been successfully enabled on domain 2 See Also passwd secmodedisable secmodeenable secmodeshow secnonfcspasswd sectemppasswdreset 740 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 741
from management application problems. This command will switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Example To abort the current security transaction: primaryfcs:admin> sectransabort Transaction has been aborted. primaryfcs:admin> Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 742
Fabric OS Commands See Also secpolicyabort secpolicyactivate secpolicyadd secpolicycreate secpolicydelete secpolicydump secpolicyremove secpolicysave secpolicyshow 742 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 743
Description Use this command to reset the version stamp of all switches in a fabric to zero, same order, or the merge will fail. 3. Reset the version stamp using the secversionreset command on each reset. 4. Cascade the fabrics together. When the secure fabrics are merged, the primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 744
issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands None. Example To reset the version stamp to zero: primaryfcs:admin> secversionreset About to reset version stamp to 0. Are you sure (yes, y, no, n):[no] y Committing configuration... done. Security Policy Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 745
users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the current temperature, fan and power supply status, and readings from sensors located on the switch. The actual location of the sensors varies depending on the switch type. Using V4.1.x with the StorageWorks Core switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 746
12: type 3 (Power Supply #1) is absent, value is unknown sensor 13: type 3 (Power Supply #2) is absent, value is unknown switch30:admin> To view the sensor values in a StorageWorks Core switch (V4.1.x example): switch 12: (Power Supply ) is Ok sensor 13: (Power Supply ) is Absent switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 747
debug level for the specified module. This operand is required. Example The following example shows how set debug level of module named NS to value 3: switch:admin> setdbg NS 3 See Also dbgshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 748
to display the current mode setting. This operand is optional. If no operand is specified the current value is displayed. 748 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 749
Example To set ESD mode: switch:admin> setesdmode Esd Mode is 0 (Disabled). switch:admin> setesdmode 1 Config update Succeeded Esd Mode is now 1 (Enabled). switch:admin> See Also spinsilk setesdmode Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 749 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 750
testing to ports with GBICs present. Consequently, testing is limited to those ports with a suspected problem. Note: The current technology in the StorageWorks Core switch and StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch use SFPs instead of GBICs. This command is now replaced by the setsfpmode command. The command - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 751
is optional. Example To enable or disable GBIC mode (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> setgbicmode 1 Committing configuration...done. GBIC mode is now ON. switch:admin> setgbicmode 0 Committing configuration...done. GBIC mode is now OFF. switch:admin> To enable or disable GBIC mode (V4.1.x example - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 752
limit testing to ports with SFPs present. Consequently, testing is limited to those ports with a suspected problem. Operands This command has the following operands: mode -show Specify 1 to enable SFP mode or setting. This operand is optional. 752 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 753
enable or disable SFP mode: switch:admin> setSFPMode 1 SFP mode is now 1 (Enabled). switch:admin> setSFPMode 0 SFP mode is now 0 (disabled). switch:admin> setSFPMode -show SFP mode is now 0 (disabled). See Also crossPortTest spinSilk setsfpmode Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 753 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 754
M->M connected ports. This may be useful to isolate internal switch problems from SFP problems since the connected ports as follows: P1 TX >>> P1 RX -> P2 TX >>> P2 RX -> P1 TX where: >>> is a cable or internal loopback -> is a routing table entry 754 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 755
pairs of M->M ports will be chosen to exercise the connections between as many chips (or bloom quadrants) as possible : switch:admin> setsplbmode 1 Committing configuration...done. SPLB mode is now ON. switch:admin> setsplbmode 0 Committing configuration...done. SPLB mode is now OFF. switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 756
level to be set for the specified module. Example The following example shows how to set the verbose level of module named NS to value 3: switch:admin> setverbose NS 3 See Also dbgshow 756 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 757
OS polls the SFPs. In the StorageWorks Core switch, if there is a lot of activity on the switch, poll updates may take several minutes. switch. The summary shows the SFP type (see switchShow for an explanation of the two letter codes) and, for Serial ID SFP, the vendor name and SFP serial number - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 758
command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this operand is not required. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number, so that each port is represented by both slot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 759
sfpShow This example shows detailed SFP information for a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> sfpshow 1/3 Identifier: 3 SFP Connector: 7 LC Tx_Disable BR Max: 0 BR Min: 0 Serial No: H112YFR Date Code: 010418 switch:admin> See Also switchShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 760
powered on. Operands This command has the following operand: slot Specify the physical slot number of the blade to be disabled. This operand is required. Example To power off blade unit 3: switch:admin> slotOff 3 Slot 3 is being disabled. See Also slotOn slotShow 760 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 761
previously disabled. Operands This command has the following operand: slot Specify the physical slot number of the blade to be enabled. This operand is required. Example To power off blade unit 3: switch:admin> sloton 3 Slot 3 is being enabled. See Also slotOff slotShow Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 762
off. Operands This command has the following operand: slot Specify the physical slot number of the blade to be powered down. This operand is required. Example To power off blade unit 3: switch:admin> slotPowerOff 3 Slot 3 is being powered off See Also slotPowerOn slotShow 762 Fabric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 763
powered off. Operands This command has the following operand: slot Specify the physical slot number of the blade to be powered on. This operand is required. Example To power on blade unit 3: switch:admin> slotPowerOn 3 Powering on slot 3. See Also slotPowerOff slotShow Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 764
fields for each slot. This command is only supported on the StorageWorks Core switch. The fields and their possible values are as follows: Slot Blade Type ID Status Displays the physical slot number. Displays the blade type: SW BLADE-The blade is a switch. CP BLADE-The blade is a Control Processor - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 765
state cannot be determined. Operands None. Example To display a blade inventory and status: switch:admin> slotShow Slot Blade Type ID Status 1 SW BLADE 2 FAULTY 2 SW BLADE Also chassisShow slotOff slotOn slotPowerOff slotPowerOn Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 765 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 766
configuring SNMP MIB trap capability. Synopsis snmpMibCapSet Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description This command enables a user to turn on or off certain MIBS and TRAPS. This command also enables a user Specifying yes means the user can access HA-MIB switch. The default value - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 767
snmpMibCapSet Example To view or modify the options for configuring SNMP MIB traps (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> snmpmibcapset The SNMP Mib/Trap Capability has been set to support FE-MIB SW-MIB FA-MIB SW-TRAP FA-TRAP FA-MIB (yes, y, no, n): [yes] SW-TRAP (yes, y, no, n): [yes] FA-TRAP (yes, y, - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 768
. ■ Ports must be configured into 4 port trunk groups. It is recommended that Port n of a local switch is connected to port n of a remote switch. Use the switchshow command to verify that there is only 1 trunk master per quad before spinfab is run. 768 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 769
the entire path to the remote switch may be verified. Note: When switches that support trunking then it is likely that trunk groups are switch and SFP. If these tests pass then the fault lies in the cable or remote switch switches that support trunking then it is likely that trunk groups are - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 770
frames. This command only approximately counts the frames and the actual number of frames sent will be slightly larger, particularly at 2G link speeds. Specify a list of user ports to test. By default all of the ISL ports in the current switch will be tested. This option may be used to restrict - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 771
useful with large values of nmil. This mode is disabled by default. The domain parameter is used to specify a specific remote domain that the switch is connected to. The default is to automatically determine the remote domain number. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 772
. spinFab: Completed 3 megs, status: passed. port 0 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 1 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 2 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. port 3 test status: 0x00000000 -- passed. switch:admin> 772 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 773
passed. Test Complete: "spinfab" Pass 10 of 10 Duration 0 hr, 0 min & 41 sec (0:0:41:877). passed. switch:admin> Errors When it detects failures, the test may report one or more of the following error messages: ■ For V3 NO_SEGMENT PORT_ABSENT Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 773 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 774
PORT_M2M PORT_STOPPED PORT_WRONG RXQ_RAM_PERR STATS STATS_C3FRX STATS_FRX STATS_FTX TIMEOUT XMIT camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest itemlist portloopbacktest setDbg spinsilk sramretentiontest 774 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 775
This command verifies the functional operation of the switch by setting up the routing hardware such that switch components. Note: The spinsilk command may not be executed on an operational switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchDisable command. The cables can be connected - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 776
is as follows: 1. Determine which ports are connected to each other. 2. Enable ports for cabled are as follows: a. 2112 bytes of BYTE_LFSR, b. 1000 bytes of CSPAT, c. 128 bytes of RANDOM, and number of million frames requested per port are met, b. All ports are eventually marked bad, c. The user - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 777
tests only M->N connections. It requires that the user connect a cable from one port to a different port. ■ 1 for single port also loopback mode. This lb_mode tests M->N and M->M connections. If M->N cable connections between pairs of M->M connected ports as follows: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 778
connections between pairs of M->M ports are chosen to exercise the connections ASIC connections are Serializer command: switch:admin switch:admin> setgbicmode 0 An example mode of operation would be to disable the switch switch components that are not functioning properly. 778 Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 779
switch components that are not functioning properly. Operands This command has the following operands: nmillionframes (V3.1.x only) sfpmode (V3.1.x only) lbmode (V3.1.x only) spdmode (V3.1.x only) Specify a number is limited to user ports with SFPs installed. Specify the loopback Guide 779 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 780
the number of frames sent will be at least 10 million. Specify the GBIC mode for the test. The -gbic_mode parameter may be used to override the global GBIC mode described above for the duration of this test. When it is enabled (1) testing is limited to user ports with GBICs or SFPs installed - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 781
purpose. This operand is optional. Specify a list of user ports to test. By default all of the user ports in the current switch are tested. This option may be used to restrict testing 1 million frames. port 3 Rx/Tx 1 of 1 million frames. . . . Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 781 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 782
FDET_PERR FINISH_MSG_ERR FTPRT_STATUS_ERR INIT LESSN_STATUS_ERR MBUF_STATE_ERR MBUF_STATUS_ERRBAR> NO_SEGMENT PORT_ABSENT PORT_DIED PORT_ENABLE PORT_M2M PORT_STOPPED PORT_WRONG RXQ_FRAME_ERR RXQ_RAM_PERR STATS STATS_C3FRX STATS_FRX STATS_FTX 782 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 783
See Also TIMEOUT XMIT backport camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest itemlist portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest sramretentiontest statstest spinSilk Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 783 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 784
.1.x sramRetentionTest [passCount] Synopsis: V4.1.x sramRetentionTest [--slot number][-passcnt count] [-ports itemlist][-skip bitmask][-delay value] command may not be executed on an operational switch. You must first disable the switch using the switchDisable command. 784 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 785
) --slot number (V4.1.x number of times to execute the test. The default value is 1. This operand is optional. Specify the slot number number. The default is set to 0 and designed to operate on fixed port count products. Specify the number this option, the user can intentionally skip : switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 786
Fabric OS Commands See Also ■ For V4.1.x: BUS_TIMEOUT REGERR REGERR_UNRST camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest filterTest portloopbacktest portRegTest ramtest spinsilk 786 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 787
1 to 122 bytes. Operands This command has the following operand: soft-serial-number Specify the soft serial number between 1 and 122 characters in length. This operand is optional. Example The following example displays the current soft serial number: switch:admin> ssn 10:00:00:60:69:50:02:7b - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 788
Fabric OS Commands The following example sets the soft serial number: switch:admin> ssn "BRCD_101" Committing configuration...done. switch:admin> ssn BRCD_101 See Also None. 788 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 789
statistics counter functionality. 1. The number of received frames with the CRC counters (0-15), respectively. 2. The number of received words in frames that counters (0-15), respectively. 3. The number of transmitted words in frames that 15), respectively. 4. The number of frames with the CRC - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 790
count (V4.1.x only) -ports itemlist (V4.1.x only) Specify the number of times to perform this test. The default value is 1. This operand is optional. Specify a list of user ports to run the test. If omitted, all the user ports in the switch will be assumed. See itemlist for more information about - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 791
See Also DIAG-STSWRDCNT DIAG-STSALPACNT camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest filtertest portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest turboramtest statsTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 791 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 792
stop the test on all ports. Valid values are: -1 Stop the test on all ports. This operand is optional. Specify a list of user ports to test. By default all the user ports in the current slot will be assumed. See itemlist help pages for further details. 792 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 793
Example To stop the porttest on an active switch: switch:admin> stopporttest switch:admin> See Also crossporttest fporttest loopporttest portloopbacktest porttest porttestshow spinfab stopporttest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 793 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 794
[/port1-port2] [lines] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to print the switch information for debugging purposes. Note: The 4. uptime 5. tempshow 6. psshow 7. licenseshow 8. diagshow (V3.1.x only) 794 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 795
by errdump -p. 10.switchshow 11.fspfshow (V4.1.x only) 12.portflagsshow 13.porterrshow 14.mqshow (V3.1.x only) 15.portsemshow port> (V3.1.x only) 19.portstructshow (V3.1.x only) 20.bloomdatashow (V3.1.x only) 21.fabricshow 22.trunkshow 23.topologyshow Reference Guide 795 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 796
42. /bin/ps -elfH (V4.1.x only) Displays Process list PID, and which daemons switch is running. 43. /bin/rpm -qa (V4.1.x only) Displays package manager.exe with which you can query (V3.1.x only) 53.fastcheckheap (V3.1.x only) 54.portlogdump 796 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 797
(0 through 15). The StorageWorks Core switch has a total of 1-10 slots. Slot number 5 and 6 are control processor cards, and slot 1 through 4, and 7 through 10, are port cards. On each port card, there are 16 ports counted from the bottom, 0 to 15. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 797 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 798
set to 0 and endPort is set to maximum port of switch. This operand is required. Specify the number of lines output from this command. This operand is optional. Example To display switch information for debugging: switch:admin> supportshow Kernel: Fabric OS: Made on: Flash: BootProm: 5.3.1 v3 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 799
switch information for debugging: switch:admin> supportshow 4/0, 15 version: Kernel: 2.4.2 Fabric OS: 4.0.0 Made on: Thu Oct 25 00:58:55 2001 Flash: Thu Oct 25 00:58:55 2001 BootProm: Unknown uptime: 11:46pm up 4:39, 3 users supportShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 799 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 800
Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to set the switch beaconing mode on (if the operand is 1) or off (if the operand from port 0 to port 15, and then back again. The user sees a running pattern in amber LEDs, from left to right and right to 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 801
Example To turn beaconing mode ON: switch:admin> switchBeacon 1 To turn beaconing mode OFF: switch:admin> switchBeacon 0 See Also switchShow switchBeacon Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 801 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 802
. When this command is executed, it will become effective immediately by disabling the switch, if it is not already disabled. The persistent switch disable configuration overrides all other switch configurations but it does not alter any of them. The switchcfgpersistentenable command will enable the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 803
Example To disable a switch persistently: switch:admin> switchcfgpersistentdisable Committing configuration...done. Command in progress done See Also configure configshow portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentenable portcfgshow portshow switchcfgpersistentenable switchshow - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 804
by switchdisable command until next switch enable, power cycle or switch reboot. The persistent switch disable or enable configuration does not alter the persistent disable or enable configurations of the ports within the switch. Operands None. 804 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 805
enabled: switch:admin> switchcfgpersistentenable Committing configuration...done. Command in progress done See Also configure configshow portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentenable portcfgshow portshow switchcfgpersistentdisable switchshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 805 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 806
switch to a particular level. The configuration is saved in the non-volatile memory and persists across switch reboot or power cycle. The output of portShow displays achieved speed level and portCfgShow displays the user Auto-sensing mode. The port automatically configures for the highest speed. 1: - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 807
Example To set the speed level for all ports on a switch: switch:admin> switchCfgSpeed 2 done. switch:admin> See Also portCfgSpeed switchShow switchCfgSpeed Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 807 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 808
command to enable or disable trunking on all the ports of a switch. Note: This command requires the Trunking license. Operands This command has switch. Specify 0 to disable trunking on all the ports on this switch. This operand is required. Example To enable trunking on a switch: switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 809
See Also portCfgShow portCfgTrunkPort portShow switchShow switchCfgTrunk Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 809 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 810
V4.1.x Description Use this command to disable the switch. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline; if the switch was part of a fabric, the remaining switches reconfigure. The switch must be disabled before making configuration changes (using configure or configDefault) or before running many of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 811
See Also switchEnable switchShow switchDisable Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 811 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 812
online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected. A switch may need to be enabled if it was previously disabled to make configuration changes or to run diagnostics. If the switch is connected to ports. Operands None. 812 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 813
Example To enable a switch: switch:admin> switchEnable 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fabric: Principal switch fabric: Domain 1 See Also switchDisable switchShow switchEnable Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 813 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 814
Synopsis switchName ["newName"] Availability All users (display). Admin (set). Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command without an operand to display the current switch name. All switches have a symbolic name that is primarily used for switch management. This name is also shown - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 815
Example To change a switch name to sw10: switch:admin> switchName "sw10" Committing configuration... Done. sw10:admin> See Also fabricShow switchShow switchName Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 815 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 816
Description This command reboots the operational switch without disrupting the other switch in the StorageWorks Core switch chassis. The administrator uses this command when the problem with the switch cannot be determined. Using this command brings the switch back to an operational state without - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 817
setup FCIP IP: ifconfig fc1 ip=192.168.69.190, netmask=255.255.255.0 Starting all switch daemons...Done. Powering on slot 7...Done. Checking diagnostics Start Apache -- /etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd. started done. See Also switchShutdown switchStart Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 817 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 818
0-31 or 1-239. Displays the switch embedded port D_ID. Displays the switch World Wide Name. Displays the switch's beaconing state (either ON or OFF). Displays the blade's beaconing state (either ON or OFF). Each blade is numbered by its position in the StorageWorks Core switch chassis (from 1 to 10 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 819
in the StorageWorks Core switch is assigned an area number. For example, the area number of slot 3/port 15 is 63 (in switch 0), the area number for slot 10/port 15 is also 63 (in switch 1). This parameter is for V4.1.x only. Slot number. The StorageWorks Core switch has 10 slots numbered from 1 to - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 820
configured as a trunking port, the master port is port number x. ■ (upstream) - This E-port is an upstream path towards the principal switch of the fabric. ■ (downstream) - This E-port is a downstream path away from the principal switch of the fabric. ■ WWN - This is the WWN of the switch connected - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 821
the switch connected. - Switch name of the switch connected. - One or more inter-switch-link attributes. - Trunking information. ■ F-Port: An F-port may display the port WWN of the device attached to it. Operands None. Example The following example shows a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 822
StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch: switch:admin> switchshow switchName: switch -- N2 No_Module 10 7 10 -- N2 No_Module 11 7 11 -- N2 No_Module 12 7 12 id N2 No_Light 13 7 13 id N2 No_Light 14 7 14 id N2 No_Light (Trunk port, master is Slot 9 Port 9) 44 9 12 -- N2 No_Module 45 9 13 -- N2 No_Module 46 9 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 823
See Also switchDisable switchEnable switchName switchShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 823 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 824
Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description This command halts the switch operation without disrupting the other switch in the StorageWorks Core switch chassis. This command disables a logical switch in a StorageWorks Core switch without disturbing the software state of the system in general - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 825
the chassis: switch:admin> switchshutdown Stopping all switch daemons...Done. Powering off slot 1...Done. Powering off slot 4...Done. Checking all slots are powered off...Done. Cleaning up kernel modules...Done. See Also switchReboot switchStart Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 825 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 826
Availability Admin Release V4.1.x Description This command initializes a logical switch without disrupting the other switch in the StorageWorks Core switch chassis. This command enables a logical switch in a StorageWorks Core switch without disturbing the software state of the system in general - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 827
all switch daemons...Done. Powering on slot 1...Done.q> to stop Powering on slot 4...Done.q> to stop Checking diagnostics...Done. setup FCIP IP: ifconfig fc0 ip=0.0.0.0, netmask=255.255.255.0 See Also switchReboot switchShutdown switchStart Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 827 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 828
of the switch enclosure. The number that contributes to the MARGINAL/WARNING status. This command then prompts the user StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch (V4.1.x only) 3 in the StorageWorks Core switch (V4.1.x only) Default Value for MARGINAL 1 0 1 828 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 829
state of the switch. When PortStatus monitoring is set to values of (0,0), port status changes are not logged to the event log and console. Similarly, SFP removal does not generate a message to the event log and console if MissingSFPs is set to (0,0). By configuring these options, the user can more - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 830
number of MissingSFPS allowed before a MARGINAL status is triggered: switch:admin> switchStatusPolicySet To change the overall switch status policy parameters The current overall switch the switch. ** Simply hit the Return key. The minimum number of has been changed switch:admin> See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 831
Contributor FaultyPorts MissingSFPs PowerSupplies Temperatures Default Value for DOWN 2 0 2 (V3.1.x only) 2 in the StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch (V4.1.x only) 3 in the StorageWorks Core switch (V4.1.x only) 2 Default Value for MARGINAL 1 0 1 1 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 831 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 832
ISLStatus Default Value for DOWN 2 0 2 Default Value for MARGINAL 1 0 1 The policy parameters determine the number of failed or non-operational units for each contributor that trigger a status change in the switch. For example, if the FaultyPorts DOWN parameter is set to 3, and 3 ports fail in - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 833
status of the switch. Synopsis switchStatusShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the overall status of the switch. The overall /OK, the contributing factors are listed. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 833 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 834
switch with a status of MARGINAL, the second shows the same switch after all the errors have been fixed. switch:admin> switchStatusShow The overall switch SFP triggered the Marginal/Warning status switch:admin> switchStatusShow The overall switch status is HEALTHY/OK See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 835
been operating. Synopsis switchuptime Availability All users. Release V4.1.x Description Use this command to display the current time and the amount of time the switch has been operational. Operands None. Example To view the uptime for the switch: switch:admin> switchuptime 2:00pm up for - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 836
log files and users, depending on the system configuration. When one or more IP addresses are configured, the switch forwards all error log entries to the syslogd on the specified servers. Up to six servers are supported. Operands Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 837
syslogdIpAdd Example To add the address 11.22.33.44 to the list of machines to which system messages are sent (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> syslogdIpAdd "11.22.33.44" See Also errShow syslogdIpRemove syslogdIpShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 837 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 838
operand is required. Example To remove the address 11.22.33.44 from the list of machines to which system messages are sent (V4.1.x example): switch:admin> syslogdIpRemove 11.22.33.44 Committing configuration...done. 838 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 839
See Also errShow syslogdIpAdd syslogdIpShow syslogdIpRemove Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 839 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 840
. Synopsis syslogdIpShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display all syslog daemon IP addresses in the configuration database. Operands None. Example To display all syslog daemon IP addresses: switch:admin> syslogdIpShow syslog.IP - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 841
V4.1.x Description This command will run a suite of diagnostic tests on the specified switch blade. It is not required to install loop-back plugs on every port as in the case of bladediag and bladediagshort not specified, no log file is created. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 841 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 842
a suite of diagnostics on blade 7: switch:admin> systemtest -slot 7 Testing slot: 7, user ports: 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 PortRegTest Running Port Register Test .... passed. 0 See Also bladediag bladediagshort 842 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 843
switches in a fabric. It will initiate a burnin run on all switches in /var/log/switchburnin.. files. On the command number output may not be the exact command number that switches connected to a fabric and restricts the frame loopback to inside the unit. If loopback plugs are installed - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 844
will allow users to modify the burnin parameters prior to the run. These diagsetcycle parameters are copied to all switches in the starting the testing operation. Sets the burnin parameters that control the number of frames to 1. The primary use for this command is Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 845
: 20 1 - slk_nmegs : 50 1 - bpt_all_nframes : 30 1 - slk_all_nmegs : 50 systemverification: Arming the burnin run on switch 0. systemverification: Starting burnin on Switch 0 . burninerrclear burninstatus diagsetburnin diagsetcycle Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 845 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 846
than one sensor per slot. The slot number to which a sensor belongs is displayed in the column next to the index. The temperature readings are given in both Centigrade and Fahrenheit. Refer to the Hardware Reference Manual for your switch to determine the normal temperature range values. Operands - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 847
, this command only returns the temperature sensor values for the logical switch you are logged into, not for the entire chassis. This example shows a StorageWorks 2 Gb SAN switch: switch:admin> tempshow Index Slot State Centigrade Fahrenheit 1 0 Ok 39 102 2 0 Ok 41 105 3 0 Ok - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 848
[timeval] Availability All users (for viewing only). number of minutes for the telnet timeout value. This operand is optional. Example The following sets the idle timeout to 10 minutes (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> timeout 10 Committing configuration...done. TimeOut is now 10 minutes switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 849
See Also None. timeout Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 849 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 850
, as it appears to the local switch. This includes: ■ A list of all domains that are part of the fabric, and to each of those domains, all possible paths from the local switch. ■ For each path - cost, the number of hops from the local switch to the destination switch, and a summary of all ports are - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 851
This operand is optional. When no domain number is specified, this command displays the topology fabric. Examples The following is a V3.1.x example: switch:admin> topologyshow 11 domains in the fabric; Local to continue, Q to stop: Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 851 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 852
Fabric OS Commands The following is a V4.1.x example: switch:admin> topologyShow 2 domains in the fabric; Local Domain ID: 1 Domain: 6 Metric: 500 Name: Bandwidth Demand: Flags: 1 58 None 2 Gbps 0 % D See Also portRouteShow uRouteShow 852 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 853
display information on the track-changes feature commands: switch:admin> trackchangeshelp trackChangesSet Configure alert for login/logout/config update trackChangesShow Displays status of track changes See Also trackchangesset trackchangesshow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 853 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 854
Fabric OS Commands trackChangesSet Enable configuring of track-changes feature. Synopsis: V3.1.x trackChangesSet [mode], [snmptrapmode] changes feature is dumped to the error log for the switch. Use the errDump command or errShow command to view the error log. 854 Fabric OS Version - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 855
Example To set the track changes feature in (V3.1.x example): switch:admin> trackchangesset 1, 1 0x10276600 (tShell): Sep 12 17:59:10 INFO TRACK-TRACK_ON, 4, Track-changes on Committing configuration...done. 0x10276600 (tShell): Sep 12 17:59:13 INFO TRACK-CONFIG_CHANGE, 4, Config file change from - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 856
feature. Synopsis trackChangesShow Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x changes feature is dumped to the error log for the switch. Use the errDump command or errShow command to view the status of the track-changes feature: switch:admin> trackChangesShow Track changes status: ON - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 857
does not support trunking ■ Trunking license required ■ port x is not E_Port ■ port x trunking disabled ■ port x peed is not 2G ■ port x and port y are not on same quad ■ port x and port y connect to different switches ■ port x is not Trunking port due to: E_Port being disabled, or trunking may - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 858
the switchshow command to view the area numbers for a port. This operand is required. Example To debug a trunk connection: switch:admin> trunkdebug 5,6 port 5 and 6 connect to different switches port 5 connecting to switch 10:00:00:60:69:50:02:81 port 6 connecting to switch 10:00:00:60:69:80:0f - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 859
Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display trunking information. The fields displayed are as follows: Trunking Group Number Port to port connections WWN deskew Master Displays each trunking group on a switch. All the ports that are part of this - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 860
Fabric OS Commands Example To display trunking information for a switch: switch:admin> trunkShow 1: 1 -> 1 10:00:00:60:69:04:10:83 0 -> 0 10:00:00:60:69:04:10:83 2: 4 46 deskew 33 MASTER MASTER MASTER See Also portCfgTrunkport switchCfgTrunk 860 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 861
users (display). Admin (set). Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to synchronize the local time of the Principal or Primary FCS switch FCS switch (when the Security feature is enabled) connect to the NTP server, and broadcast Time Service updates. All switches in Guide 861 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 862
support necessary that an NTP server that supports a full NTP client be used. The server and should be accessible from the switch. When a clock server IP address other switch:admin> tsclockserver LOCL switch:admin> tsclockserver "11.22.33.44" switch:admin> tsclockserver 11.22.33.44 switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 863
tshelp Displays the time service commands. Synopsis tshelp Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display a list of time service commands. Operands None. Example To display a list of time service commands: switch:admin> tshelp tsTimeZone - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 864
users (display). Admin (set). Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display or set the system time zone. All switches maintain the current time zone setup in non-volatile memory. Changing the Time Zone on a switch the switch operation an individual switch. Negative - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 865
12. This operand is optional. Specify the number of minutes relative to the hourOffset. This operand must be specified as an integer. Valid values are -30, 0, or 30. This operand is optional. Example To display the current time zone setup, then changes them to GMT-3:30: switch:admin> tsTimeZone - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 866
Gbps ASICs. Synopsis: V3.1.x turboramtest [passcount] Synopsis: V4.1.x turboramtest [--slot number][-passcnt count][-ports itemlist] Availability Admin Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description This Routing Table RAM ■ TX Buffer Link RAM 866 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 867
FFFF 0000. (Subtest 5: turboram r-m-w dec 2) 6. Repeat steps 1-5 with AAAA 5555 pattern. This command has the following operands: passcount (V3.1.x only) Specify the number of times to perform this test. The default value is 1. This operand is optional. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 868
number in a StorageWorks Core switch. The slot number must be followed by a slash ( / ) and the port number. The StorageWorks Core switch has a total of 10 slots counted from 1 to 10. Slot number DIAG-RAMINIT_TO - Memory initialization timed out. 868 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 869
See Also camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest portregtest ramtest sramretentiontest turboRamTest Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 869 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 870
verify the TXA, TXD, and CMI data paths between the ASICs. This is done by configuring all of the ports for internal loopback and sending a frame from each quadrant to all other port on the switch. The frame starts from the CPU and is transmitted by the first port which also receives - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 871
for all ports present until: a. The number of frames (or passcount) requested is has the following operands: passcount speedmode Specify the number of times to perform this test. The default and TXD connections: switch:admin> txdpathtest Running Tx Data Path Test ..... passed. Fabric OS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 872
DIAG-XMIT DIAG-TIMEOUT DIAG-ERRSTAT DIAG-STATS DIAG-DATA camtest centralmemorytest cmemretentiontest cmitest crossporttest portloopbacktest portregtest ramtest spinsilk sramretentiontest 872 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 873
All users. Release responses are applicable to all switch models: Unknown Bus time-out firmware error). Last reboot was caused by a power-on. Watchdog timer caused a reset. Push buttons 1 and 3 were depressed for two seconds, causing a system reset. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 874
with an asterisk (*) are usually caused by hardware or firmware failures. Information on the failure is stored in the switch. Follow the procedures in the switch manual. Operands None. Example To display the uptime for a V3.1.x switch: Switch:admin> uptime Up for: 6 days, 1:34 Powered for - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 875
Description Use this command to configure static routes. A static route The switch attempts to achieve optimum load sharing, but if too many routes are statically configured to use configuration using a non-minimum cost path is not allowed. If an attempt is made to configure such a route, the user - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 876
traffic is forwarded. This operand is required. Examples To configures a static route for all traffic coming in from port 1 and addressed to domain 2 to go through port 5: switch:admin> uRouteConfig 1 2 5 done. switch:admin> configShow route.ucastRoute.1.2: 5 route.ucastRouteCount: 1 See Also - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 877
Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to remove a previously configured static route. After this command is issued, the route to Domain for coming in from port 1 and addressed to domain 2: switch:admin> uRouteRemove 1 2 done. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 877 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 878
Fabric OS Commands See Also configShow uRouteConfig uRouteShow 878 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 879
users switch, to all the domains in the fabric. When only the slot number and port number are specified, this command displays the routing information for the specified port to all the domains connected to it. When the slot number, port number, and domain number : Domain number of local switch. Port - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 880
is connected. The information provided by this command should match what is provided by portRouteShow and topologyShow. This command has the following operands: slotnumber (V4.1.x only) portnumber domainnumber Specify the slot number for a StorageWorks Core switch. For all other switches this - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 881
In Port Domain Out Port Metric Hops Flags Next (Dom, Port) 0 1 11 1000 1 D 1,0 11 2 0 1500 2 D 4,0 4 0 500 1 D 4,0 16 1 27 1000 1 D 1,1 27 2 16 1500 2 D 4,16 4 0 500 1 D 4,0 switch:admin> urouteshow 1/11 Local Domain ID: 3 In Port Domain Out Port Metric - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 882
. Synopsis version Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display firmware version information and build dates. The following fields are displayed: Kernel: Fabric OS: Made on: Flash: BootProm: Displays the version of switch kernel operating system - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 883
Example The following example shows the firmware version information on a StorageWorks Core switch: switch:admin> version Kernel: 2.4.2 Fabric OS: V4.1.x Made on: Fri Feb 1 23:02:08 2002 Flash: Fri Feb 1 18:03:35 2002 BootProm: 3.1.13b switch:admin> See Also firmwareDownload reboot - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 884
users. For V4.1.x: ■ Factory or Root only (set). ■ All users (display). Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to modify or display the WWN of a switch. All switches sets the switch's WWN to user is prompted to reboot the switch. The name will not take effect until the switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 885
wwn Operands Example None. To display the switch WWN: switch:admin> wwn 10:00:00:60:69:00:54:e9 switch:admin> See Also switchShow Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 885 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 886
changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, it must configuration must be enabled using the cfgenable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 887
values can be one or more of the following: ■ For V3.1.x, a switch domain and physical port number pair. For example, "2, 12." ■ For V4.1.x, a switch domain and port area number pair. For example, "2, 20." View the area numbers for ports using the switchShow command. ■ Node or port WWN. ■ QuickLoop - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 888
The values are entered as a pair of numbers "s,p" where "s" is the switch number (domain ID) and "p" is the port area number. For example, "2, 20" specifies port area number 20 on switch domain 2. When a zone member is specified by port area number, then all devices connected to that port are in the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 889
" would contain all devices connected to switch 2, ports 12 and 14, and to the device with the World Wide Name "10:00:00:60:69:00:00:8a" (either node name or port name), at the port in the fabric to which it is connected. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 890
. Can be one or more of the following: ■ For V3.1.x, a switch domain and physical port number pair. For example, "2, 12." ■ For V4.1.x, a switch domain and port area number pair. For example, "2, 20" View the area numbers for ports using the switchShow command. ■ World Wide Names ■ QuickLoop AL_PAs - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 891
Defined Configuration. For the change to be preserved across switch switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Operands This command has the following operand: zoneName Name of the zone to be deleted, in quotation marks. This operand is required. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 892
Fabric OS Commands Example To delete the zone "Blue_zone": switch:admin> zoneDelete "Blue_zone" See Also zoneAdd zoneCreate zoneRemove zoneShow 892 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 893
zoneHelp zoneHelp Displays help information on zone commands. Synopsis zoneHelp Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display help information on zone commands. Operands None. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 893 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 894
in flash cfgSize cfgActvShow cfgTransAbort cfgTransClearFlag Print size details of zone database Print effective zone configuration Abort zone configuration transaction Clear block new transaction flag switch:admin> See Also None. 894 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 895
zone configuration must be enabled using the cfgenable command. Note: This command requires an Advanced Zoning license. When security is enabled, this command can only be issued from the Primary FCS switch. See "Security Commands" on page 941. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 895 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 896
. Can be one or more of the following: ■ For V3.1.x, a switch domain and physical port number pair. For example, "2, 12." ■ For V4.1.x, a switch domain and port area number pair. For example, "2, 20" View the area numbers for ports using the switchShow command. ■ World Wide Names ■ QuickLoop AL_PAs - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 897
zone information. Synopsis zoneShow ["pattern"][, mode] Availability All users. Release V3.1.x and V4.1.x Description Use this command to display zone configuration information. If no parameters are specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and enabled) is displayed. See - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 898
optional: pattern mode A POSIX style regular expression used to match zone configuration names. The pattern must be enclosed in quotation marks. Patterns may To show all zones beginning with the letters "A" through "C": switch:admin> zoneShow "[A-C]*" zone: Blue_zone 1,1; array1; 1,2; array2 See - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 899
■ Secure Fabric OS Commands, page 908 Note: For more information about Zoning, QuickLoop, Extended Fabrics, Fabric Watch, Trunking, or Performance Monitoring refer to the specific user guide for that feature. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 900
refer to the HP StorageWorks Zoning Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. Table 18: Zoning Commands Command Zone Alias aliAdd aliCreate aliDelete aliRemove Zoning zoneAdd zoneCreate zoneDelete zoneRemove QuickLoop Zoning qloopAdd qloopCreate qloopDelete qloopRemove Zone Configuration cfgAdd cfgCreate - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 901
Command Zone Management cfgClear cfgDisable cfgEnable cfgSave cfgTransAbort Description Clear all zone configurations. Disable a zone configuration. Enable a zone configuration. Save zone configurations in flash memory. Aborts the current zoning transaction. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 902
are for QuickLoop Fabric Assist Mode. For detailed information about Extended Fabrics refer to the HP StorageWorks QuickLoop Fabric Assist Version 3.1.x User Guide. Table 19: QuickLoop Fabric Assist Mode Commands Command fazoneAdd fazoneCreate fazoneDelete fazoneRemove Description Add members - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 903
key. For detailed information about Extended Fabrics refer to the HP StorageWorks QuickLoop Fabric Assist Version 3.1.x User Guide. Table 20: Extended Fabric Command Command Description portCfgLongDistance Configure a port to support long distance links. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 904
about Fabric Watch refer to the HP StorageWorks Fabric Watch Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. Table 21: Fabric Watch Watch. Display alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. Display and change FRU state alert configuration. Configure e-mail alerts in Fabric Watch. Set boundary and alarm levels to the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 905
. For detailed information about trunking refer to the HP StorageWorks ISL Trunking Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. Table 22: Trunking Commands Command portCfgTrunkport switchCfgTrunk trunkDebug Description Configure a port for trunking. Configure a switch for trunking. Debug a trunk link failure - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 906
key. For more detailed information about Performance Monitoring refer to the HP StorageWorks Advanced Performance Monitoring Version 3.1.x/4.1.x User Guide. Table 23: Performance Monitoring Commands Command perfAddEEMonitor perfAddIPMonitor perfAddReadMonitor perfAddRWMonitor perfAddSCSIMonitor - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 907
Fabric OS Commands for Licensed Products Table 23: Performance Monitoring Commands (Continued) Command perfShowEEMonitor perfShowFilterMonitor perfShowPortEEMask Description Display user-defined end-to-end monitors on a port. Display filter-based monitors for a port. Display the current end-to- - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 908
with the purchase of a Security license key. For more detailed information about trunking refer to the HP StorageWorks Secure Fabrics OS Version 1.0 User Guide. Table 24: Secure Fabric OS Commands Command secfabricshow secfcsfailover sechelp secmodeenable secmodedisable secmodeshow secnonfcspasswd - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 909
for Licensed Products Table 24: Secure Fabric OS Commands (Continued) Command sectemppasswdset sectransabort secversionreset Description Set a temporary password on a remote switch. Abort current security transaction. Reset the version stamp to zero. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 910
Fabric OS Commands for Licensed Products 910 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 911
Fabric OS Version Comparison 3 This chapter summarizes the commands available in V3.1.x and V4.1.x. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 911 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 912
number in V4.1.x Specify members using area number in V4.1.x Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch New command New command Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch 912 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 913
the StorageWorks Core switch Functionality was replaced by the chassisshow command in V4.1.x. Not supported with the StorageWorks Core switch New command New command Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 913 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 914
OS Command Version Support (Sheet 3 of 15) Command cmiTest configDefault configDownload configShow configUpload configure crossPortTest dataTypeShow date Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No No No Yes No No No No Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 915
No No Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes V4.1.x New command for V4.1.x New command for V3.1.x Specify members using area number in V4.1.x Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 915 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 916
V4.1.x Specify members using area number in V4.1.x New command for V3.1.x New command for V3.1.x New command for V3.1.x New command for V3.1.x New command for V4.1.x New command for V4.1.x New command for V4.1.x New command for V3.1.x New command 916 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 917
the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch New command for V4.1.x New command for V4.1.x New command for V4.1.x This command displays unique information based on switch type New command Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 918
25: Fabric OS Command Version Support (Sheet 7 of 15) Command msTdDisable msTdEnable msTdReadConfig myid nbrStatsClear nbrStateShow nodefind Supported in V3.1.x No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 919
Table 25: Fabric OS Command Version Support (Sheet 8 of 15) Command perfHelp perfSetPortEEMask perfShowAlpaCrc perfShowEEMonitor Supported in V3.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 920
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes New command New command New command New command New command New command 920 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 921
Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes for V4.1.x New command New command New command for V4.1.x New command for V4.1.x Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 921 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 922
Support (Sheet 11 of 15) Command qloopCreate qloopDelete qloopRemove qloopShow qlPartner qlPortDisable qlPortEnable qlPortShowAll qlShow qlStatsShow quietMode ramTest reboot Supported in V3.1.x Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported in StorageWorks Core switch New - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 923
Fabric OS Command Version Support (Sheet 12 of 15) Command StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 924
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reboots the current logical switch in StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch Specific to the StorageWorks Core switch 924 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 925
trunkDebug trunkShow tsclockserver tshelp tstimezone turboRamTest txdpathtest uptime uRouteConfig Supported in V3.1.x No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes area parameter Specify members using area number in V4.1.x Specify members using area number in V4.1.x Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 925 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 926
Fabric OS Version Comparison Table 25: Fabric OS Command Version Support (Sheet 15 of 15) Command zoneHelp zoneRemove Supported in V3.1.x Yes Yes Supported in V4.1.x Yes Yes zoneShow Yes Yes Comment Specify members using area number in V4.1.x 926 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 927
Management 4 This chapter explains the different methods used to manage an HP StorageWorks SAN switch. In order to manage a switch, you must have access to one of the available management methods. ■ Overview, page 928 ■ User Access Level, page 929 ■ Fabric OS Command Line Interface, page 930 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 928
of band) or from Fibre Channel (in band). The switch must be configured with an IP address to allow for the network connection. Refer to the hardware manual for your specific switch for information on physically connecting to the switch. Before changing any of the factory default settings, become - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 929
of user access for the HP switch: ■ Root ■ Factory ■ Admin ■ User In Fabric OS V4.1.x, each user access level can have the following number of simultaneous sessions: Table 26: StorageWorks Core switch User Access Maximum Sessions User Name Root Factory Admin User Web Tools Maximum Number of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 930
management of every aspect of Storage Area Networks. ■ A deeper view of the tasks involved with managing an HP switch. ■ Ability to configure and manage the HP fabric on multiple efficient levels. ■ Ability to identify, isolate and manage SAN events across every switch in the fabric. ■ Ability to - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 931
workstation and provides the user the advantage of being "virtually" in front of any fabric, switch, or port. ■ Web Tools makes zoning a simple "click and drag" process, rather than having to tediously type out IP addresses and port numbers to put in a configuration. ■ Web Tools provides the - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 932
that manages multiple switches and multiple fabrics (up to 8) in real-time. ■ Assists SAN administrators with the configuration, monitoring, dynamic provisioning and daily management of Storage Area Networks. ■ Lowers the cost of SAN ownership by intuitively facilitating SAN management tasks - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 933
. ■ Provides the ability to implement scalable SAN management tasks through functionality and tools that intelligently span 8 fabrics and 200 switches. ■ Provides the ability to monitor Inter Switch Links (ISLs) ■ Provides the ability to manage switch licenses ■ Provides the ability to perform - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 934
performance and status of Fibre Channel networks and HP switches, and can alert SAN managers when problems arise. The real-time alerts from Fabric Watch software help SAN managers solve problems before they become costly failures. SAN managers can configure Fabric Watch software to monitor any of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 935
information about an HP SAN. With Fabric Access, an application can query or control individual switches or the entire fabric HP fabric ■ Ability to create SAN management applications specific to your needs, using the tools available in the Fabric OS Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 936
Server is a Fibre Channel native in-band management interface. This interface allows a SAN management application to retrieve and administer the fabric and interconnect elements such as switches, servers, and storage devices. This interface runs directly over Fibre Channel through the HBA. An ACL - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 937
Control Processor Commands 5 This chapter lists the commands that may be available, depending upon the Fabric OS version (V3.1.x or V4.1.x), when logged into the Active CP and Standby CP in a StorageWorks Core switch. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 937 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 938
CP Commands When you are logged into the Active CP, the full suite of commands are supported (subject to which license keys are installed). HP recommends that you log into a specific logical switch, when performing management functions, rather than the Active CP. This method guarantees that any - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 939
persistent) error log. Show persistent error log configuration. Set error save level. Get error save level. Print error log (with page breaks). Reboot switch, bypassing the POST. Commit firmware to stable storage. Download firmware into the switch. Display the progress and status of firmwaredownload - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 940
Control Processor Commands Table 27: StorageWorks Core switch Standby CP Commands (Continued) myrid reboot Command savecore timeout idle timeout value for a login session. Display how long switch has been up. Display firmware version information. 940 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 941
Security Commands 6 This chapter summarizes the commands that are only available on the Primary FCS when the security feature is installed and enabled. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide 941 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 942
security is installed and enabled. switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. 942 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 943
switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 944
the WWN of a switch cannot be modified. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. Must be run from the Primary FCS switch. 944 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 945
guide or related to this product and is not a comprehensive glossary of computer terms. Glossary 16-port card The Fibre Channel port card provided with the StorageWorks Core switch string. See also device connection controls. Account Level Switches Refers to switches that have four login accounts - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 946
A number assigned to each potential port location in the StorageWorks Core switch. Used to distinguish StorageWorks Core switch ports that have the same port number but are on different port blades. ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit. 946 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 947
can be transmitted to a directly connected recipient or within an arbitrated loop. Determined by the number of receive buffers available. See also Buffer-to-buffer Flow Control, EE_Credit. Beacon When all the port LEDs on a switch are set to flash from one side of the switch to the other, to enable - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 948
A two-way connector used in some switches to provide a connection between the motherboard and the power supply. switch (or individual elements within a switch) from overheating. Boot Flash Flash memory that stores the boot code and boot parameters. The processor executes its first instructions - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 949
frame switching service between two ports, without notification of delivery or non-delivery of data. This service can also be used to provide a multicast connection between the originator and recipients, with notification of delivery or non-delivery. Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 950
service for control traffic between switches, with notification of delivery or non-delivery of data between the E_Ports. Class of Service If a "fail" is reported, inform Tech Support and replace the board. See also BIST, BISR is used like hard disk storage. Not visible within the processor's - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 951
and Events. Core Switch A switch whose main task is to interconnect other switches. See also SAN switch. CP Card Control Processor Card. The central processing unit of the StorageWorks Core switch, which contains two CP Card slots to provide redundancy. Provides Ethernet, serial, and modem ports - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 952
fill word currently selected by the LPSM. See also fill word, LPSM. Cut-through A switching technique that allows the route for a frame to be selected as soon as the destination port, RS-232 port. Defined Zone Configuration The set of all zone objects defined in the fabric. May include multiple zone - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 953
or E_Port changes status. Domain ID As applies to HP StorageWorks switches, a unique number between 1 and 239 that identifies the switch to the fabric and is used in routing frames. Usually automatically assigned by the switch, but can be manually assigned. DTE port A data terminal equipment port - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 954
a time. See also defined zone configuration, zone configuration. End-to-end Flow Control Governs flow of class 1 and 2 frames between N_Ports. See also EE_Credit. Entry Fabric Basic HP license that allows one E_Port per switch. Not supported by StorageWorks Core switches. Error As applies to Fibre - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 955
used to connect an N_Port to a switch. See also FL_Port, Fx_Port. Fabric A Fibre Channel network containing two or more interconnected switches in addition to hosts and devices. May also be referred to as a switched fabric. See also topology, SAN, cascade. Fabric Access An HP product that consists - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 956
system on HP StorageWorks switches. Fabric Watch An HP product that runs on Fabric OS and allows monitoring and configuration of fabric and switch elements. Allows the SAN manager to monitor key fabric and switch elements, making it easy to quickly identify and escalate potential problems. It - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 957
to the operation of peripheral devices on a private loop. FCS switch Fabric configuration server switch. One or more designated HP switches that store and manage the configuration and security parameters for all switches in the fabric. FCS switches are designated by WWN, and the list of designated - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 958
arbitrated loop capabilities. Can be used to connect an NL_Port to a switch. See also F_Port, Fx_Port. Flash Partition Two redundant usable areas, called "partitions," into which firmware can be downloaded in the StorageWorks Core switch. Flash Programmable NVRAM memory that maintains its contents - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 959
. For example, the Simple Name Server is a Fibre Channel service. See also FSP. FSPF Fabric Shortest Path First. HP routing protocol for Fibre Channel switches. FSP Fibre Channel Service Protocol. The common protocol for all fabric services, transparent to the fabric type or topology. See also FS - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 960
. A removable serial transceiver module that switch: ■ Standard Translative Mode: Allows public devices to communicate with private devices that are directly connected 99% of the time. Typically High Availability is identified by the number of nines in that percentage. "Five Nines" means the equipment - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 961
Fibre Channel network that initiates communications with storage devices. See also Target. Integrated Fabric The fabric created by a SAN Switch Integrated/32 and SAN Switch Integrated/64, consisting of six SAN Switch 16-EL switches cabled together and configured to handle traffic as a seamless group - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 962
from the E_Port of one switch to the E_Port of another. See also E_Port, cascade, ISL Trunking. ISL Trunking An HP feature that enables distribution protocol mapping. JBOD Just a Bunch Of Disks. Indicates a number of disks connected in a single chassis to one or more controllers. See Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 963
HP switches to indicate the status of various switch elements. Link Services A protocol for link-related actions. Link As applies to Fibre Channel, a physical connection for a loop initialization sequence to return. Login BB_Credit The number of receive buffers a receiving L_Port has available when a - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 964
reset a node. Loop_ID A hex value representing one of the 127 possible AL_PA values in an arbitrated loop. Looplet A set of devices connected is based on 1300-mm lasers and supports link speeds of 1.0625 Gbps. May also configuration and device information. 964 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 965
StorageWorks Core switch. Can be used to connect the CP Card to a modem with a standard 9-pin modem cable. Consists of a DB-9 connector wired as a RS-232 device, and can be connected by serial connect to a Fibre Channel port or to another N_Port in a point-to-point connection port connects to connects - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 966
Loop Port. A node port that has arbitrated loop capabilities. Used to connect an equipment port to the fabric in a loop configuration through an FL_Port. See also N_Port, Nx_Port. Node Name The unique it can arbitrate. OPN Open Primitive Signal. 966 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 967
HP StorageWorks switches use the FSPF protocol. Performance Monitor Comprehensive HP tool for monitoring the performance of networked storage resources. Performance Monitoring An HP product that provides error and performance information to the administrator and end user Reference Guide 967 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 968
Switch Primary fabric configuration server switch. The switch that actively manages the configuration and security parameters for all switches in the fabric. See also backup FCS switch, FCS switch. Private Device A device that supports Supply Unit. 968 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 969
supports pool of frame buffers. QuickLoop An HP StorageWorks product that makes it possible to allow number of devices or looplets; all devices in the same QuickLoop share a single AL_PA space. A means of allowing private hosts to communicate with private targets across a switched Guide 969 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 970
Switch Bridges two switches into a SAN servicing entity. See also service rate. RLS Probing Read link status of the AL_PAs. Root Account A login used for debugging purposes by HP engineers and is not intended for customer use. See also account level switches specific switch ports, to connect DTE and - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 971
of the Exchange to identify frames as being part of a particular exchange. SAN Storage Area Network. A network of systems and storage devices that communicate using Fibre Channel protocols. See also fabric. SAN Switch A switch whose main task is to connect nodes into the fabric. See also core - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 972
to as directory service. See also FS. StorageWorks SAN switch The brand name for the HP family of switches. Switch Name The arbitrary name assigned to a switch. Switch Port A port on a switch. Switch ports can be E_Ports, F_Ports, or FL_Ports. 972 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 973
Port May also be referred to as the console port. The lower serial port on the CP Card of the StorageWorks Core switch. This port sends switch information messages and can receive commands. Can be used to connect the CP Card to a computer terminal. Has an RS-232 connector wired as a DTE device - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 974
by a different type of network. U_Port Universal Port. A switch port that can operate as a G_Port, E_Port, F_Port, or FL_Port. A port is defined as a U_Port when it is not connected or has not yet assumed a specific function in the fabric. UDP User Datagram Protocol. A protocol that runs on top of - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 975
user account A login intended for use by the customer to monitor, but not control, switch operation. See also account level switches. VC Virtual circuit. A one-way path between N_Ports that allows fractional bandwidth. Web Tools An HP Guide 975 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 976
A port, node, WWN, or alias, which is part of a zone. Zone Schemes The level of zoning granularity selected. For example, zoning may be done by switch/port, WWN, AL_PA, or a mixture. See also zone configuration. Zone Set See zone configuration. Zoning An HP product that runs on Fabric OS and allows - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 977
46 aliDelete 49 aliRemove 51 aliShow 53 audience 16 authorized reseller, HP 20 B backplanetest 55 backport 58 backSpace 62 bannerset 63 bannershow 65 bcastShow configDefault 139 configDownload 141 configShow 144 configUpload 147 configure 150 conventions document 17 text symbols 17 crossporttest - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 978
313 fwClassInit 314 fwConfigReload 316 fwConfigure 318 fwFruCfg 323 fwHelp 325 fwMailCfg 327 fwsamshow 330 fwSetToCustom 332 fwSetToDefault 333 fwShow 334 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 979
haShow 349 hasyncstart 351 hasyncstop 352 help 353 help, obtaining 19 historyLastShow 355 historymode 357 historyShow 359 HP authorized reseller 20 storage website 19 technical support 19 I i command 361 ifModeSet 364 ifModeShow 367 ifShow 369 interfaceShow 371 iodReset 376 iodSet 378 iodShow 380 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 980
645 qlEnable 647 qloopAdd 649 qloopCreate 651 qloopDelete 653 qloopRemove 655 qloopShow 657 qlpartner 659 qlPortDisable 661 qlPortEnable 663 qlPortShowAll 665 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 981
745 setdbg 747 setesdmode 748 setgbicmode 750 Fabric OS Version 3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide setsfpmode 752 setSplbMode 754 setverbose 756 sfpShow 757 slotOff 760 slotOn 761 syslogdIpRemove 838 syslogdIpShow 840 systemtest 841 systemverification 843 T technical support, HP 19 tempShow 846 Index 981 - HP StorageWorks MSA 2/8 | HP StorageWorks Fabric OS V3.1.x/4.1.x Reference Guide - Page 982
864 turboRamTest 866 txdpathtest 870 U uptime 873 uRouteConfig 875 uRouteRemove 877 uRouteShow 879 V version 882 W websites Fibre Channel Association 16 HP storage 19 StorageWorks 16 wwn 884 Z zoneAdd 886 zoneCreate 888 zoneDelete 891 zoneHelp 893 zoneRemove 895 zoneShow 897 982 Fabric OS Version
reference
guide
hp
StorageWorks
fabric OS version 3.1.x/4.1.x
Product Version:
3.1.x and 4.1.x
Third Edition (June 2003)
Part Number:
AA–RS24C–TE
This reference guide provides a detailed description of the Fabric OS commands. Although this
guide is primarily about 4.1.x, it also covers 3.1.x that runs on the StorageWorks SAN Switch
2/16, 2/16 power pak, 2/8-EL, and 2/8 power pack switches.